PDF DOWNLOAD BT Prime Movers HMX/RMX Operator’s Manuals

Page 1

®

HMX/RMX BT Prime-Mover

Operator’s Manuals 302063-000 1994_February 302063-001 1994_July 302063-002 1995_May 302063-002 1997_April 302063-002 1997_October 302063-002 1998_June 302063-002 1998_October

Return BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38, Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A. Tel (563) 262-7700 • Fax (563) 262-7600

051001











































OPERATOR'S MANUAL

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

Manual Number 9402 Manual Part Number 302063-000 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Manual Number 9402 Manual Part Number 302063-000 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

ISSUED FEBRUARY 1994

Return

ISSUED FEBRUARY 1994


IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL" . This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that your read the instructions and safty regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL" . This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that your read the instructions and safty regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1 Return

1


FOREWORD

FOREWORD

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

2

2

Return


TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NAME

PAGE #

NAME

PAGE #

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 27 28 29-30 31 32 33

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 27 28 29-30 31 32 33

3 Return

3


DRIVE SAFELY

DRIVE SAFELY

B E F O R E Y O U O P E R A T E THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

B E F O R E Y O U O P E R A T E THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

STAY ALERT!

STAY ALERT!

4

4


INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

5

5

Return


PRELIMINARY SERVICE

PRELIMINARY SERVICE

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

6 Return

6


OPERATOR

OPERATOR

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Travel with forks trailling when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailling. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

Travel with forks trailling when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailling. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

7

7

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

8

8

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATOR TRAINING

OPERATOR TRAINING

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• DO NOT rush.

• DO NOT rush.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

9

9

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Apply the brake.

• Apply the brake.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

10

10

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

11

11

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

LOADING

LOADING • Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

• Tires • Warning Devices • Battery • Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. • Brake • Steering Mechanism

• Tires • Warning Devices • Battery • Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. • Brake • Steering Mechanism

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

12

12

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

13

13

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

14

14

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

OPERATING WARNINGS

OPERATING WARNINGS

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator.This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

15

15

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

COAST FEATURE WARNING

COAST FEATURE WARNING

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

WARNING DECALS

WARNING DECALS

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

16

16

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

THE CONTROL HANDLE

THE CONTROL HANDLE

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

17

17

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RAISE SWITCH

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RAISE SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

REVERSER SWITCH

REVERSER SWITCH

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

DIRECTION AND SPEED

DIRECTION AND SPEED

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

18

18

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BRAKE CONTROL

BRAKE CONTROL

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

KEY SWITCH

KEY SWITCH

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON .

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON .

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

19

19

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

HOURMETER (optional)

HOURMETER (optional)

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

20

20

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RIDER HANDRAIL

RIDER HANDRAIL

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

21

21

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RIDER HANDRAIL

RIDER HANDRAIL

LOWER SWITCH

LOWER SWITCH

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

22

22

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be re-flipped to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be re-flipped to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

DASH DISPLAY

DASH DISPLAY

The dash display is a five segment light emitting diode (LED) display that displays the status codes, hourmeter readings, battery discharge indication, and maintenance increments from the controller. Upon turning on the key switch, dash display will light and check functions. When hourmeter LED is lit the display is hourmeter reading. When battery LED is lit the display is percent of battery discharge. The battery condition is displayed anytime unit is in the operating mode. At each 200 hour increment, the controller's internal clock will trip. Nothing will happen until the next time the handle returns to the "UP" position. At that time, the maintenance light (grease gun) will flash (2 times on & off per second) for 15 seconds also the character display will flash "200". These displays will flash until service maintenance is done. When status code (wrench) LED is lit display is a status code for failure with unit. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch and emergency disconnect button.

The dash display is a five segment light emitting diode (LED) displays that display the status codes, hourmeter readings, battery discharge indication, and maintenance increments from the controller. Upon turning on the key switch, dash display will light and check functions. When hourmeter LED is lit the display is hourmeter reading. When battery LED is lit the display is percent of battery discharge. The battery condition is displayed anytime unit is in the operating mode. At each 200 hour increment, the controller's internal clock will trip. Nothing will happen until the next time the handle returns to the "UP" position. At that time, the maintenance light (grease gun) will flash (2 times on & off per second) for 15 seconds also the character display will flash "200". These displays will flash until service maintenance is done. When status code (wrench) LED is lit display is a status code for failure with unit. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch and emergency disconnect button.

22

22

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

23

23

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

DASH DISPLAY

DASH DISPLAY

The following status codes are items that operator should check. If any other status codes appears your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER should be contacted to solve problem.

The following status codes are items that operator should check. If any other status codes appears your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER should be contacted to solve problem.

Status Code -01 Indicates that brake switch is not closed. Make sure handle is not in the brake applied position.

Status Code -01 Indicates that brake switch is not closed. Make sure handle is not in the brake applied position.

Status Code -02 Indicates forward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. With key switch on; return directional switch to neutral then select direction.

Status Code -02 Indicates forward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. With key switch on; return directional switch to neutral then select direction.

Status Code -03 Indicates rearward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. With key switch on; return directional switch to neutral then select direction.

Status Code -03 Indicates rearward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. With key switch on; return directional switch to neutral then select direction.

Status Code -04 Indicates forward or rearward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. Status code will change to -03 if rearward directional switch or -02 if forward directional switch is closed.

Status Code -04 Indicates forward or rearward switch was closed before the key switch or brake switch was closed. Status code will change to -03 if rearward directional switch or -02 if forward directional switch is closed.

Status Code -05 Indicates brake switch is not closed. Make sure brake switch is closed.

Status Code -05 Indicates brake switch is not closed. Make sure brake switch is closed.

23

23

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

24

24

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way.) This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way.) This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• This unit is equipped with a plugging feature (direction reversal) which means that you need not brake to a complete stop to change directions. Use the direction/speed control handle to change direction.

• This unit is equipped with a plugging feature (direction reversal) which means that you need not brake to a complete stop to change directions. Use the direction/speed control handle to change direction.

25

25

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

26

26

Return


OPERATION

OPERATION

STOPPING UNIT

STOPPING UNIT

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

27 Return

27


PARKING

PARKING

1. Park units in designated parking areas only.

1. Park units in designated parking areas only.

Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

2. Lower forks fully.

2. Lower forks fully.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

28 Return

28


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight Maximum Battery Weight

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight Maximum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit) (consult nameplate on unit)

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit) (consult nameplate on unit)

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

29

29

Return


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY SERVICE

BATTERY SERVICE

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

ADDING WATER

ADDING WATER

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT , replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT , replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN . Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN . Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

30

30

Return


SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

Grease Type

NOTE:

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

31 Return

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II

Grease Type

NOTE:

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II Tex. Ref. C and C #880

Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

31


SERVICE INTERVALS

SERVICE INTERVALS

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

32 Return

32


FIELD MODIFICATIONS

FIELD MODIFICATIONS

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

33

33

Return


Return


THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA Return

THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA


OPERATOR'S MANUAL

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

Manual Part Number 302063-001 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Manual Part Number 302063-001 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

ISSUED JULY 1994

Return

ISSUED JULY 1994


IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL". This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL". This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1 Return

1


FOREWORD

FOREWORD

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

2

2

Return


TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NAME

PAGE #

NAME

PAGE #

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 28 29 30-31 32 33 34

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 28 29 30-31 32 33 34

3 Return

3


DRIVE SAFELY

DRIVE SAFELY

B E F O RE Y O U O P E R A TE THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

B E F O RE Y O U O P E R A TE THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

STAY ALERT!

STAY ALERT!

4

4

Return


INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

5

5

Return


PRELIMINARY SERVICE

PRELIMINARY SERVICE

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

6 Return

6


OPERATOR

OPERATOR

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Travel with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

Travel with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

7

7

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

8

8

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATOR TRAINING

OPERATOR TRAINING

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest,respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest,respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• DO NOT rush.

• DO NOT rush.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

9

9

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Apply the brake.

• Apply the brake.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

10

10

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

11

11

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

LOADING

LOADING

• Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

Tires Warning Devices Battery Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. Brake Steering Mechanism

Tires Warning Devices Battery Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. Brake Steering Mechanism

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

12

12

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

13

13

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

14

14

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

OPERATING WARNINGS

OPERATING WARNINGS

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator.This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

15

15

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

COAST FEATURE WARNING

COAST FEATURE WARNING

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

WARNING DECALS

WARNING DECALS

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

16

16

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

THE CONTROL HANDLE

THE CONTROL HANDLE

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

17

17

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

REVERSER SWITCH

REVERSER SWITCH

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

DIRECTION AND SPEED

DIRECTION AND SPEED

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

18

18

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BRAKE CONTROL

BRAKE CONTROL

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

KEY SWITCH

KEY SWITCH

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

19

19

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

HOURMETER (optional)

HOURMETER (optional)

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

20

20

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

21

21

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

LOWER SWITCH

LOWER SWITCH

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

22

22

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

23

23

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

24

24

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way). This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way). This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

• This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

25

25

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE "PLUG BRAKING" OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE "PLUG BRAKING" OPERATION.

When using the "plug braking" the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the "plugging" force and the stopping distance. For the lightest "plugging" force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the "creep" position in the opposite direction. For the strongest "plugging" power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the "creep" position and full speed.

When using the "plug braking" the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the "plugging" force and the stopping distance. For the lightest "plugging" force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the "creep" position in the opposite direction. For the strongest "plugging" power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the "creep" position and full speed.

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

26

26

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

27

27

Return


OPERATION

OPERATION

STOPPING UNIT

STOPPING UNIT

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

28 Return

28


PARKING 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

PARKING 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

2. Lower forks fully.

2. Lower forks fully.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

29 Return

29


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit)

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit)

Maximum Battery Weight

(consult nameplate on unit)

Maximum Battery Weight

(consult nameplate on unit)

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

30

30

Return


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY SERVICE

BATTERY SERVICE

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

ADDING WATER

ADDING WATER

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

31

31

Return


SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II

Grease Type

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

Grease Type

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

NOTE: Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

32 Return

NOTE: Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

32


SERVICE INTERVALS

SERVICE INTERVALS

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

33 Return

33


FIELD MODIFICATIONS

FIELD MODIFICATIONS

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

34

34

Return


Return

THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA


OPERATOR'S MANUAL

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

Manual Part Number 302063-002 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Manual Part Number 302063-002 RMX/HMX ELECTRIC LOW LIFT PALLET TRUCK

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

Keep this OPERATOR'S MANUAL with unit at all times in the place provided.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

ISSUED MAY 1995

Return

ISSUED MAY 1995


IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL". This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

This is the industry's "SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL". This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

2. The operator must read and understand the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for this unit.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING UNIT STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON UNIT. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1 Return

1


FOREWORD

FOREWORD

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Federal and State laws require that operators be completely trained in the safe operations of lift trucks.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

Before you start operating this lift truck, make sure that you understand all driving procedures. It is important to operate your lift truck safely and efficiently.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual will help you learn how to operate your lift truck. This manual describes the controls, special features and the functions of each control.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This manual is not a training manual. It is a guide to help authorized operators safely operate a lift truck. Illustrations in this manual show the operator correct procedures for checking, starting, operating, and stopping the lift truck.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

This lift truck is built to take hard work but not abuse. This lift truck is built to be dependable, but, as with any lift truck, it is only as efficient as the operator and the persons responsible for maintaining it.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

DO NOT make any repairs to this unit unless you have been trained in lift truck repair procedures authorized by your employer.

2

2

Return


TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NAME

PAGE #

NAME

PAGE #

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 28 29 30-31 32 33 34

Operator's Warning Foreword Table of contents Drive safely Introduction To New BT Prime-Mover Owners Preliminary Service Right, Left, Front, Back Operator Operating practices Data plate and Decals Controls and Equipment Before Operation Inspection Stopping Unit Parking Battery Retainment/Care Specifications and lubrications Service intervals Field Modifications

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8-13 14-16 17-23 24-27 28 29 30-31 32 33 34

3 Return

3


DRIVE SAFELY

DRIVE SAFELY

B E F O R E Y O U O P E R A T E THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

B E F O R E Y O U O P E R A T E THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

STAY ALERT!

STAY ALERT!

4

4


INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be determined by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The TABLE OF CONTENTS can be used to find the information that is needed.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called "DATA PLATE AND DECALS" for location and description of plate.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

TO NEW BT PRIME-MOVER OWNERS:

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT PRIMEMOVER equipment.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

The BT PRIME-MOVER unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

To keep your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in good condition the periodic maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

BT PRIME-MOVER units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT PRIME-MOVER unit in peak operating condition.

5

5

Return


PRELIMINARY SERVICE

PRELIMINARY SERVICE

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Examine your BT Prime-Mover unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the THE PRIME-MOVER DEALERSHIP this sheet is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT Prime-Mover product ready to do its job.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

This OPERATORS MANUAL must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT PRIMEMOVER dealer or THE PRIME-MOVER Co. factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

Check the transmission oil level and hydraulic oil level before operation. Check to determine that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

A. Right Side B. Rear C. Left Side D. Front

6 Return

6


OPERATOR

OPERATOR

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Travel with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

Travel with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Walk ahead of the truck and lead it from either side of the control handle, operating the speed/direction control with one hand. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

7

7

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT PrimeMover dealer.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT Prime-Mover dealer at no charge.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

8

8

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATOR TRAINING

OPERATOR TRAINING

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need.

• DO NOT rush.

• DO NOT rush.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

• When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized and brake set to prevent movement.

• Safeguard co-workers from truck operational hazards when their assistance is required to perform a task.

• Safeguard co-workers from truck operational hazards when their assistance is required to perform a task.

9

9

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Stop truck in a clear, authorized area.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Lower load-engaging means to the floor.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Place directional controls in neutral.

• Apply the brake.

• Apply the brake.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

• Block wheels if truck is on a slight incline.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator.

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• Yield right of way to pedestrians.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs view, the operator shall travel with the load trailing.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

• Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances.

10

10

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Slow down for wet and slippery floors.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Before the truck is driven into a elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering a elevator, the load goes first, not the driver. There must be no personnel in the elevator when the load is entering or being removed.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Report any defect in unit noted during operation.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

• Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly.

11

11

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• DO NOT permit riders on unit.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control. Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

• NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

LOADING

LOADING

• Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should be centered.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

• The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

Tires Warning Devices Battery Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. Brake Steering Mechanism

Tires Warning Devices Battery Lift Systems including forks, and limit switches. Brake Steering Mechanism

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

12

12

Return


OPERATING PRACTICES

OPERATING PRACTICES

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

• DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided.

13

13

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight 5. Truck voltage 6. Battery type 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Minimum battery weight 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Truck capacity

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT PrimeMover dealer.

14

14

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

OPERATING WARNINGS

OPERATING WARNINGS

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located directly in front of the operator. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

NO STEP DECAL (RMX trucks only)

NO STEP DECAL (RMX trucks only)

This NO STEP decal is located below the access door on both sides of unit.

This NO STEP decal is located below the access door on both sides of unit.

This decal is used to help you remember that this truck is not designed to be ridden or stepped on.

This decal is used to help you remember that this truck is not designed to be ridden or stepped on.

15

15

Return


DATA PLATE AND DECALS

DATA PLATE AND DECALS

COAST FEATURE WARNING

COAST FEATURE WARNING

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

WARNING DECALS

WARNING DECALS

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT Prime-Mover dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT PRIME-MOVER DEALER at NO charge.

16

16

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

THE CONTROL HANDLE

THE CONTROL HANDLE

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed lift/lower, horn and reverser control of the machine.

17

17

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

REVERSER SWITCH

REVERSER SWITCH

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

DIRECTION AND SPEED

DIRECTION AND SPEED

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

18

18

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BRAKE CONTROL

BRAKE CONTROL

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the fully raised or fully lowered position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit. The brake and brake interlock switch should always be checked prior to any operation on unit.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

When the steering control handle is moved to "BRAKE" position, all powered movement is stopped. To stop all movement, gradually and deliberately move the steering control handle to the "BRAKE" (fully raised or fully lowered) position.

KEY SWITCH

KEY SWITCH

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to "OFF" will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to "ON" to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, pull emergency disconnect button out. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

19

19

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICTOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

HOURMETER (optional)

HOURMETER (optional)

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

The HOURMETER is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go "ON" and "OFF". This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

20

20

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

HANDRAIL HIGH SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

HORN SWITCH

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

21

21

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT RIDER HANDRAIL

LOWER SWITCH

LOWER SWITCH

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

22

22

Return


CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

23

23

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses, fittings, and pump.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Make sure the operator's manual is in compartment and tethered to machine.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

• Check condition of load backrest extension (if equipped). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

24

24

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the key switch to the "ON" position.

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped).

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way). This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

• Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down (not all the way). This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward (away from you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward (towards you) slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction control handle MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position. When released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the brakes.

• This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

• This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

25

25

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE "PLUG BRAKING" OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE "PLUG BRAKING" OPERATION.

When using the "plug braking" the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the "plugging" force and the stopping distance. For the lightest "plugging" force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the "creep" position in the opposite direction. For the strongest "plugging" power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the "creep" position and full speed.

When using the "plug braking" the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the "plugging" force and the stopping distance. For the lightest "plugging" force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the "creep" position in the opposite direction. For the strongest "plugging" power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the "creep" position and full speed.

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

• To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

• To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

26

26

Return


BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

BEFORE OPERATION INSPECTION

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

• Make sure OPERATOR'S instruction manual is returned to the case and storage box.

27

27

Return


OPERATION

OPERATION

STOPPING UNIT

STOPPING UNIT

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

1. Rotate direction control grip to the "NEUTRAL" position.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped .

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

5. Turn key switch to "OFF" position and remove key,

28 Return

28


PARKING 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

PARKING 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

2. Lower forks fully.

2. Lower forks fully.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

29 Return

29


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and life of your BT Prime-Mover electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery which does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit)

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit)

Maximum Battery Weight

(consult nameplate on unit)

Maximum Battery Weight

(consult nameplate on unit)

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than .50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

30

30

Return


BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY RETAINMENT/CARE

BATTERY SERVICE

BATTERY SERVICE

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS AND INJURY OR DEATH.

ADDING WATER

ADDING WATER

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

CLEANING TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

31

31

Return


SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS AND LUBRICATIONS

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission. Fluid Type SAE 80W90 GL5 (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid

1 Quart SAE 10W40 SG (cold storage) Dexron II

Grease Type

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

Grease Type

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

NOTE:

Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

32 Return

NOTE:

Dexron II that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

32


SERVICE INTERVALS

SERVICE INTERVALS

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

• Check condition of battery charge. • Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged parts. • Check all operating functions and adjustments. • Check hydraulic fluid level. • Check transmission oil level. • Lubricate all grease fittings. • Inspect power cables and control wiring. • Clean with compressed air. • Inspect motor brushes.

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

• Clean battery and machine. • Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. • Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

33 Return

33


FIELD MODIFICATIONS

FIELD MODIFICATIONS

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

34

34

Return


Return

THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

THE PRIME-MOVER CO. 3000 NORTH US HIGHWAY 61 MUSCATINE, IOWA 52761-5810

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA

PROUDLY Made in AMERICA


Operator’s Manual

Operator’s Manual

RMX/HMX

RMX/HMX

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck

Effective Serial Number _MX__27091001

Effective Serial Number _MX__27091001

HMX

HMX

RMX

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck. Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Part no: 302063-002

Return

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

Date: April 1997

Part no: 302063-002

Date: April 1997


Operator’s warning

Operator’s warning

IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

Before operating the truck:

Before operating the truck:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

1

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1


Foreword

Foreword

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

California Proposition 65

California Proposition 65

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

2

2

Return


Table of Contents NAME

Table of Contents PAGE #

NAME

PAGE #

Operator's Warning ........................................................ 1

Operator's Warning ........................................................ 1

Foreword ........................................................................ 2

Foreword ........................................................................ 2

Table of contents............................................................ 3

Table of contents............................................................ 3

Drive safely..................................................................... 4

Drive safely..................................................................... 4

Introduction..................................................................... 5

Introduction .................................................................... 5

To New BT Owners .................................................... 5

To New BT Owners .................................................... 5

Preliminary Service ........................................................ 6

Preliminary Service ........................................................ 6

Right, Left, Front, Back............................................... 6

Right, Left, Front, Back............................................... 6

Operator ......................................................................... 7

Operator ......................................................................... 7

Operating practices ..................................................... 8-13

Operating practices ..................................................... 8-13

Data plate and Decals ................................................ 14-16

Data plate and Decals ................................................ 14-16

Controls and Equipment ............................................. 17-25

Controls and Equipment............................................. 17-25

Before Operation Inspection....................................... 26-28

Before Operation Inspection....................................... 26-28

Operation....................................................................... 29

Operation ...................................................................... 29

Stopping Unit.............................................................. 29

Stopping Unit.............................................................. 29

Parking .......................................................................... 30

Parking .......................................................................... 30

Battery Retainment/Care............................................ 31-32

Battery Retainment/Care............................................ 31-32

Specifications and lubrications ......................................33

Specifications and lubrications ...................................... 33

Service intervals ............................................................ 34

Service intervals ............................................................ 34

Field Modifications......................................................... 35

Field Modifications......................................................... 35

Recycling/discarding .................................................. 36-37

Recycling/discarding .................................................. 36-37

3

3

Return


Drive Safely

Drive Safely

YOU OPERATE THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

YOU OPERATE THIS INDUSTRIAL TRUCK, READ AND UNDERSTAND THE INSTRUCTIONS, SIGNS AND MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL AND ON THE UNIT.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL WILL OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

STAY ALERT!

STAY ALERT!

4

4

Return


Introduction

Introduction

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be enhanced by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

The operator should read this manual thoroughly so that the important facts about this unit and the contents of the manual are known. The safety of the operator and the reliability and performance of this unit will be enhanced by the knowledge of the contents of this manual.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The “TABLE OF CONTENTS” can be used to find the information that is needed.

Each section of this manual is clearly identified and is divided into smaller sections. The “TABLE OF CONTENTS” can be used to find the information that is needed.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called “DATA PLATE AND DECALS” for location and description of plate.

The model number and serial number for this unit are stamped on the data plate, see the section called “DATA PLATE AND DECALS” for location and description of plate.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

Some figures may show door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) opened/removed. BE SURE that all door(s), guard(s), or shield(s) are in their correct position BEFORE machine is operated.

To new BT owners:

To new BT owners:

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT equipment.

Our Company would like to take this opportunity to thank you for joining (or rejoining) the increasingly large community of companies and individuals finding profit in the use of BT equipment.

The BT unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

The BT unit which you have just purchased was carefully designed and manufactured to ensure minimum cost, maximum reliability, and easy service. Extensive testing and high standards of quality control assure that these standards are maintained.

To keep your BT unit in good condition the planned maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

To keep your BT unit in good condition the planned maintenance and lubrication must be followed.

BT units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT unit in peak operating condition.

BT units are also backed by a network of dealers who were chosen for their experience and reliability. They will assist you in keeping your BT unit in peak operating condition.

5

5

Return


Preliminary Service

Preliminary Service

Examine your BT unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Examine your BT unit carefully to determine whether or not it has been damaged in shipment. Any damage should be immediately reported to the transportation company.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

Shipping damage could affect the safety of operation of the unit, it should not be operated until the damage has been repaired and any damage parts replaced.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the BT dealership. This form is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT product ready to do its job.

The new unit should be checked out by a QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN. An arrival and pre-delivery checklist is at the BT dealership. This form is to be returned to validate warranty and to assure that the user has received a quality BT product ready to do its job.

This Operator’s Manual must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT dealership or BT factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

This Operator’s Manual must be kept with this unit. If a replacement manual is needed, please contact your BT dealership or BT factory and a no charge replacement will be sent.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

A parts manual has been provided with the machine. Additional copies are available at a small charge.

Check oil levels before operation. Check that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

Check oil levels before operation. Check that the battery is adequately charged, properly installed and connected.

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR SIDES

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

Right and left hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of unit as seen from operator's position.

A. Right Side

A. Right Side

B. Rear

B. Rear

C. Left Side

C. Left Side

D. Front

D. Front

Return

6

6


Operator

Operator

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly, he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel. 7 Return

When forks are first to enter a confined area or elevator or on an incline, keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel. 7


Operating Practices

Operating Practices

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Your safety and the safety of those around you depends upon your using care and judgement in the operation of this equipment. Know the positions and functions of all controls before attempting to operate.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT dealer.

Read this manual completely and make sure you understand the controls. Make sure you understand, for example, the characteristics of speed, stability, brakes, and steering of this unit. If you have any questions, contact your local BT dealer.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

The operating rules in this manual do not replace any other rules or laws of safety that are used in your area. The operating rules listed below are not in order of importance but are all to be learned and used in your area. Make sure that your truck has correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT dealer at no charge.

Always install new decals if old decals cannot be read. When parts that have decals are replaced, make sure to install new decals with the new parts. You can get new warning decals from your BT dealer at no charge.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

BE SURE YOU HAVE CHECKED AND UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION OF ALL CONTROLS BEFORE STARTING TO WORK.

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

Only trained and authorized operators shall be permitted to operate a powered industrial truck. Operators of powered industrial trucks shall be qualified as to vision, auditory, physical, and mental ability to operate the equipment.

8

8

Return


Operating Practices

Operating Practices

OPERATOR TRAINING

OPERATOR TRAINING

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

An effective operator training program should center around user company's policies, operating conditions and trucks. The program should be presented completely to all new operators and not condensed for those claiming previous experience.

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices. Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves. Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need. DO NOT rush. Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling. Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object. PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride. When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be lowered, controls neutralized, and brake set to prevent movement. DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary or outside running lines of truck. Use caution when making a right or left turn into an aisle. Remember rear wheels do not follow turn path of front wheel. When making a turn allow for “corner-cutting” of trailers. Safeguard co-workers from truck operational hazards when their assistance is required to perform a task.

Powered industrial truck operators shall abide by the following rules and practices. Avoid loose clothing, particularly cuffs and scarves. Know what safety equipment is required on this truck and use it. A hard hat, safety glasses, reflector-type vest, respirators, and ear plugs are some of the types of equipment you may need. DO NOT rush. Know the hand signals used on this job and who has responsibility for signaling. Safeguard the pedestrians at all times. DO NOT drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object. PASSENGERS MUST NOT be permitted to ride. When operator is away from truck, the load-engaging means shall be lowered, controls neutralized, and brake set to prevent movement. DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary or outside running lines of truck. Use caution when making a right or left turn into an aisle. Remember rear wheels do not follow turn path of front wheel. When making a turn allow for “corner-cutting” of trailers. Safeguard co-workers from truck operational hazards when their assistance is required to perform a task.

9

9

Return


Operating Practices

Operating Practices

ALWAYS LOOK IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, especially

ALWAYS LOOK IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, especially

When a powered industrial truck is to be left unattended

When a powered industrial truck is to be left unattended

when reversing.

Completely stop truck in a clear, authorized area. Lower load-engaging means to the floor. Place directional controls in neutral. Apply the brake. Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors. If truck must be left on an incline, block wheels.

when reversing.

Completely stop truck in a clear, authorized area. Lower load-engaging means to the floor. Place directional controls in neutral. Apply the brake. Turn key switch to OFF and disconnect battery connectors. If truck must be left on an incline, block wheels.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars. A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator. NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

Maintain a safe distance from the edge of docks and platforms when operating powered industrial trucks. DO NOT use powered industrial trucks while on any elevated dock or platform to move freight cars. A load backrest extension shall be used when necessary to guard against the load, or part of it, falling toward the operator. NEVER get ON or OFF a moving truck.

10

10

Return


Operating Practices

Operating Practices

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

WHEN A POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK IS TRAVELING:

Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know

Local safety regulations must always be followed. Know

and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job. Yield right of way to pedestrians. DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations. Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is blocked. If the load being carried blocks any view, ask for assistance so the load can be moved without any danger to personal or property. Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances. GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a ANSI B56.1 for grade, ramp, or incline refer to requirements. Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance. Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck. DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay. Slow down for wet and slippery floors. Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity. Before the truck is driven into an elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering an elevator the load goes first not the driver. There must be no personnel in the

Return

11

and understand the traffic flow patterns of your job. Yield right of way to pedestrians. DO NOT pass another truck traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations. Slow down and sound the audible warning device(s) at cross aisles and other locations where vision is blocked. If the load being carried blocks any view, ask for assistance so the load can be moved without any danger to personal or property. Keep a clear view of the path of travel, and observe for traffic personnel and safe clearances. GRADES, RAMPS, OR INCLINES; This unit is designed for level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ANSI B56.1 for requirements. Under all travel conditions this unit shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. Carry your load low so you have maximum stability while still maintaining ground clearance. Make start, stops, turns or direction reversals in a smooth manner so as not to shift load and/or overturn truck. DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay. Slow down for wet and slippery floors. Before driving over a dockboard or bridgeplate, be sure that it is properly secured. Drive carefully and slowly across the dockboard or bridgeplate and never exceed its rated capacity. Before the truck is driven into an elevator, the operator must make sure that the elevator is certificated for that particular load. When entering an elevator the load goes first not the driver. There must be no personnel in the 11


Operating Practices

elevator when the load is entering or being removed. Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward. Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface. While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate. Report any defect in unit noted during operation. Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly. DO NOT permit riders on unit.

Operating Practices

elevator when the load is entering or being removed. Trucks shall enter confined areas with load end forward. Avoid running over loose objects, uneven surfaces or other obstructions on roadway surface. While negotiating turns, reduce speed, steer in a smooth motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, turn the steering at a moderate even rate. Report any defect in unit noted during operation. Observe instruments and gauges frequently to determine if they are operating properly. DO NOT permit riders on unit.

Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control.

Understand unit limitations and keep unit under control.

LOADING

LOADING

Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should

Remember to enter load slowly and squarely. Load should

Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

be centered. Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution. Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate. Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected. The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally. The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

Return

12

Maintain a safe distance from the truck ahead, and keep the truck under control at all times.

be centered. Handle only stable and properly arranged loads. Off-center loads must be handled with extra caution. Handle only loads within the capacity of the unit as rated on nameplate. Handle long and wide loads exceeding the dimensions used to establish truck capacity with extra caution. Stability and maneuverability may be adversely affected. The load shall only be lifted vertically and never dragged horizontally. The load shall be transported with the bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

12


Operating Practices

Operating Practices

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

OPERATOR PRECHECKS AND INSPECTION

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's

Before each shift (every 8 hours) it is the operator's

Tires Warning and safety Devices Battery Brake Steering Mechanism Couplers

Tires Warning and safety Devices Battery Brake Steering Mechanism Couplers

responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

responsibility to carry out the following checks and inspections before beginning truck operation.

Horn Reverser Proper operation of truck

Horn Reverser Proper operation of truck

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If the truck is found to be in need of repair or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall NOT be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically

DO NOT make repairs or adjustments unless specifically

authorized to do so. DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving. DO NOT smoke while working around truck. Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls. DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help. These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ANSI B56.1 for further operator's information.

Return

13

authorized to do so. DO NOT use open flames when checking electrolyte level in battery DO NOT adjust unit with any parts moving. DO NOT smoke while working around truck. Block securely with drive tire off of floor when working under truck, and on drive unit or electrical controls. DO NOT attempt repairs you do not understand. There is no disgrace in asking for help. These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ANSI B56.1 for further operator's information.

13


Data Plate and Decals

Data Plate and Decals

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

Know the rated capacity on the data plate and understand areas 1 through 10 as shown in the illustration.

1.Truck model number 2.Truck type 3.Truck serial number 4.Truck weight 5.Truck voltage

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Battery type Battery maximum AMP hours Minimum battery weight Maximum battery weight Truck capacity

1.Truck model number 2.Truck type 3.Truck serial number 4.Truck weight 5.Truck voltage

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Battery type Battery maximum AMP hours Minimum battery weight Maximum battery weight Truck capacity

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT dealer.

This data plate is located on the left side of dash panel. Knowing the model and serial numbers for this unit are very helpful when ordering repair parts. For further information and specifications on this unit or any other, contact your BT dealer.

14

14

Return


Data Plate and Decals

Data Plate and Decals

OPERATING WARNINGS

OPERATING WARNINGS

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located in front of battery box on right hand side. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

The OPERATING WARNINGS decal is located in front of battery box on right hand side. This decal describes basic warnings for safe operation of this unit. Carefully read the decal and make sure you understand the warning instructions.

NO STEP DECAL (RMX trucks only)

NO STEP DECAL (RMX trucks only)

This NO STEP decal is located below the access door on both sides of unit.

This NO STEP decal is located below the access door on both sides of unit.

decal is used to help you remember that this truck is not designed to be ridden or stepped on.

decal is used to help you remember that this truck is not designed to be ridden or stepped on.

15

15

Return


Data Plate and Decals

Data Plate and Decals

COAST FEATURE WARNING

COAST FEATURE WARNING

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

The HMX truck has a COAST FEATURE WARNING decal. Which is located on the base of the steering control handle. This decal describes actions needed to use the steering control handle for braking. Carefully read this decal and make sure you understand the warning.

WARNING DECALS

WARNING DECALS

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals, use only a cloth, soap and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT Dealer at NO charge.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. See your BT dealer for new decals. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT Dealer at NO charge.

16

16

Return


Controls and Equipment Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Controls and Equipment Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

THE CONTROL HANDLE

THE CONTROL HANDLE

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed, lift/lower, horn, and reverser control of the machine.

The control handle is used to provide brake, direction, speed, lift/lower, horn, and reverser control of the machine.

The Control Handle

The Control Handle

17

17

Return


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

RAISE SWITCH

RAISE SWITCH

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

The lift (raising forks) is controlled by pushing down on the raise bar. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lift stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lift.

LOWER SWITCH

LOWER SWITCH

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

The lower (lowering forks) is controlled by pushing down on the lower bar. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering.

HORN SWITCH

HORN SWITCH

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

The horn is activated by pushing down on the horn bar located on top the steering control handle.

REVERSER SWITCH

REVERSER SWITCH

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is provided with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward (FORK) direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

DIRECTION AND SPEED

DIRECTION AND SPEED

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

The truck is available with either a thumb control or twist grip speed and direction control. Rotating either control in the forward or rearward direction will select the direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

18

18

Return


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

8 9

8 9

7

5

HMX

7

3 4

2

5

6

1

3 4

2

RMX 3

5

HMX

RMX 3

4

2

1

6

1

1 COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION

1.Drive Unit

1.Drive Unit

2.Steering Control Handle 3.Load Backrest 4.Battery Compartment 5.Forks 6.Load Wheels 7.Directional Control Lever 8.Reverser Switch 9.Lift/Lower Mast Control Lever

2.Steering Control Handle 3.Load Backrest 4.Battery Compartment 5.Forks 6.Load Wheels 7.Directional Control Lever 8.Reverser Switch 9.Lift/Lower Mast Control Lever

Return

19

4

2

6

COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION

5

6

19


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

KEY SWITCH

KEY SWITCH

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A KEY SWITCH is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON. 1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery. 2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON. 1. OFF POSITION: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from battery. 2. ON POSITION: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

EMERGENCY DISCONNECT BUTTON

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect button on. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

The emergency disconnect button will cut off all electrical power to unit when pushed. To reset emergency disconnect button turn key switch OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect button on. The emergency disconnect button is red in color and is physically located on dash next to key switch.

Key Switch

Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Return

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Dash Panel Layout

20

20


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

BRAKE CONTROL

BRAKE CONTROL

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the “BRAKE” (fully raised or fully lowered) position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit.

The brakes are applied when steering control handle is in the “BRAKE” (fully raised or fully lowered) position. Moving the steering control handle to the middle of its travel releases brake and closes a switch in control circuit that allows operation of unit.

The brake and brake interlock switch must always be checked prior to operation of unit.

The brake and brake interlock switch must always be checked prior to operation of unit.

BRAKING USING PLUGGING FUNCTION

BRAKING USING PLUGGING FUNCTION

As stated above “BRAKE CONTROL” the truck can be brought to a stop by using the steering control handle brake (emergency use). An equally acceptable method of stopping the truck's travel is by using the “plugging” function (normal use). This method involves reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without using the steering control handle brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As stated above “BRAKE CONTROL” the truck can be brought to a stop by using the steering control handle brake (emergency use). An equally acceptable method of stopping the truck's travel is by using the “plugging” function (normal use). This method involves reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without using the steering control handle brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

When using the “PLUGGING BRAKE” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction.

When using the “PLUGGING BRAKE” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the control in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the steering control handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle brake will allow the parking brake to be automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the control in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the steering control handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle brake will allow the parking brake to be automatically applied.

21

21

Return


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER DASH DISPLAY

HOURMETER (optional)

HOURMETER (optional)

The hourmeter is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

The hourmeter is provided to indicate the number of hours the unit has operated. The hourmeter is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

BATTERY DISCHARGE INDICATOR/HOURMETER (optional)

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display is a two segment display that indicates the percentage of battery discharge and hourmeter. The hourmeter and battery condition can be read anytime the key is in the on position. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

BDI/HOURMETER WITH LIFT INTERRUPT (optional)

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go “ON” and “OFF”. This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

This dash display has hourmeter and battery discharge indicator along with lift interrupt function. This gauge has a ten-LED multicolored display. One LED is illuminated at a time, beginning with a green LED at the far right position. As the battery is drained of charge, the display moves one position to the left at a time. The first five LEDs are green, the next three are amber, and the last two are red. When the display moves to the ninth position from the right, the LED will go “ON” and “OFF”. This position corresponds to a battery that is approximately 70% discharged. The next position is the tenth, or last, LED (red). This LED will flash alternately with the ninth LED. This corresponds to approximately 80% discharged. At this point, lift interrupt occurs. The dash display is physically located on the dash next to key switch.

22

22

Return


Controls and Equipment RIDER HANDRAIL

Controls and Equipment RIDER HANDRAIL

HANDRAIL High Speed Control Switch The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

Horn Switch

HANDRAIL High Speed Control Switch The high speed control switch bar is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail.

Horn Switch

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

The horn bar is activated by pushing down on the horn located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located at the last position on handrail.

23

23

Return


Controls and Equipment RIDER HANDRAIL

Controls and Equipment RIDER HANDRAIL

Lower Switch

Lower Switch

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located first from the top of handrail.

Raise Switch

Raise Switch

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

WITH THE RIDER CONTROLS, the switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located second from the top of handrail.

24

24

Return


Controls and Equipment

Controls and Equipment

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

COAST CONTROL (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side, in this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position, in this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

25

25

Return


Before Operation Inspection

Before Operation Inspection

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating. If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Before operating and attempting to operate unit review warnings and controls section of this manual. Know how to stop unit before operating. If the truck is found to be in need of repair, or in any way unsafe, or contributes to an unsafe condition, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority; and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

Check the complete truck daily or at the beginning of each shift.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

If, during operation, the truck develops problems, the matter shall be reported immediately to the designated authority, and the truck shall not be operated until it has been restored to proper operating condition.

Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO

Inspect unit and look for damage and leakage. If any, DO

Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses,

Inspect hydraulic system. Look for leakage around hoses,

NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

fittings, and pump. Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication. Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage. Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires. Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables. Make sure the Operator's Manual is in compartment and tethered to machine. Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other. Check condition of load backrest (optional). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured.

Return

26

NOT operate unit until it is repaired.

fittings, and pump. Inspect steering for looseness or binding and lack of lubrication. Inspect drive unit. Look for leakage. Inspect all wheels for flat spots or pieces of material missing from tires. Inspect the battery connectors. Check the condition of electrical cables and wiring and make a report of all worn or cracked cables. Make sure the Operator's Manual is in compartment and tethered to machine. Inspect the lift forks for cracks, breaks, bending and wear. The fork, surfaces should be level and even with each other. Check condition of load backrest (optional). Be sure it is correctly positioned and secured. 26


Before Operation Inspection

Before Operation Inspection

Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the

Connect the battery to unit (if disconnected), and turn the

key switch to the "ON" position. Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped). Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation. Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear. Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel. Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down partially. This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

key switch to the "ON" position. Check the operation of the BDI/hourmeter (if equipped). Press horn button to check horn function. If horn does not function, report the failure and have it repaired before the unit is put into operation. Before operating unit, look in all directions to make sure your path of travel is clear. Turn steering control handle until steering is in the desired direction of travel. Put your hands on the steering control handle and pull down partially. This will release the brake and make power available to drive motor.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

Be sure that the area being used for test running is clear of spectators and obstructions. Operate unit with empty forks.

REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction controls MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position when released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the parking brake. FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction controls MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position when released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully This unit is equipped with a PLUGGING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly. Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal

REARWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate backward slowly. The unit must move slowly in a rearward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction controls MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position when released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully down to stop unit using the parking brake. FORWARD TRAVEL: Put a firm grip on the directional control handle and rotate forward slowly. The unit must move slowly in a forward direction. Rotate the handle more to increase speed. Unit should accelerate smoothly to maximum speed as handle is rotated. Direction controls MUST automatically return to the NEUTRAL position when released. Position and raise control handle fully up or fully This unit is equipped with a PLUGGING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly. Brake action should be smooth and stop unit in a normal

Return

27

27


Before Operation Inspection

distance. Report any unusual brake operation. Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control. To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising. The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed. To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed. Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement. Use minimum forward and reverse tilt when stacking and unstacking loads. Make sure Operator's Manual is returned to the case and storage box.

Return

28

Before Operation Inspection distance. Report any unusual brake operation.

Check steering control handle while truck is moving. Turn

the steering handle fully left and then right. Steering control handle should turn smoothly without binding or any loss of steering control. To RAISE forks, push down on the raise control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to raise as long as the bar is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the raising. The raise bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease or operation when needed. To LOWER forks, push down on the lower control bar with your thumb or fingers. The forks will continue to lower as long as the bar is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing the bar will automatically stop the lowering The lower bar is physically located on top of the steering control handle for ease of operation when needed. Both lifting and lowering of forks should be a smooth movement. Use minimum forward and reverse tilt when stacking and unstacking loads. Make sure Operator's Manual is returned to the case and storage box.

28


Operation

Operation

STOPPING UNIT

STOPPING UNIT

1. Rotate direction control to the “NEUTRAL” position.

1. Rotate direction control to the “NEUTRAL” position.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

2. Raise steering control handle fully to stop unit's movement.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

3. Push down on lower control button to lower forks to floor.

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped.

4. Make sure that all motion has stopped.

5. Turn key switch to “OFF” position and remove key.

5. Turn key switch to “OFF” position and remove key.

Return

29

29


Parking 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

Parking 1. Park units in designated parking areas only. Make sure unit does not block fire aisles, fire equipment, stairways or walkways.

2. Lower forks fully.

2. Lower forks fully.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

3. Turn key switch to the OFF position and remove key.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

4. Remember to block drive wheel securely to prevent accidental roll.

30

30

Return


Battery Retainment/Care

Battery Retainment/Care

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell. IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician. DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

DO NOT allow alkaline solution to fall in the Battery Cell. This will result in a dead or weak cell. IF ACID contacts your skin, eyes, or clothing, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water and contact a physician. DO NOT attempt to recharge a frozen Battery; this may cause it to rupture or explode. DO NOT attempt to recharge the Battery in an area of sparks or near an open flame.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

This unit uses a 12/24 volt wet cell Battery.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and lift of your BT electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

Proper care and servicing of the battery is vital to assure satisfactory operation and lift of your BT electric truck. Battery acid is, of course, extremely corrosive and should be kept off or washed off the machine as any spillage occurs. The battery should always be kept in a charged state. An overly discharged battery will cause a number of operational difficulties in any electric truck. The battery charge should be checked first if any electrical difficulties occur.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery that does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

In cases of a battery not taking a charge, make sure that the charger is being attached to the battery connector and not to the connector on the unit. A battery that does not take a proper charge should be referred to the battery manufacturer's representative for service.

IMPORTANT:

IMPORTANT:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight Maximum Battery Weight

VOLTAGE Minimum Battery Weight Maximum Battery Weight

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit) (consult nameplate on unit)

12/24 (consult nameplate on unit) (consult nameplate on unit)

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

For other industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.50 inches or 12.7 mm in any horizontal direction.

31

31

Return


Battery Retainment/Care

Battery Retainment/Care

When removing battery out top of battery compartment the control handle must be rotated fully to clear battery.

When removing battery out top of battery compartment the control handle must be rotated fully to clear battery.

BATTERY SERVICE

BATTERY SERVICE

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE

DO NOT SERVICE BATTERY UNLESS YOU ARE TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE

ADDING WATER

ADDING WATER

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

On a routine basis after every 50 hours of operation, remove the Battery Vent Caps and inspect the Electrolyte level. The water in the Electrolyte Solution evaporates at high temperatures or with excessive charging rates. The level should be to the bottom of the Filler Neck, if NOT, replenish to the proper level with distilled water.

TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

TERMINALS & CABLE CONNECTIONS

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

The top of the Battery MUST BE KEPT CLEAN. Tighten the Vent Caps and clean the Battery with a brush dipped in an alkaline solution (ammonia or baking soda and water). After the foaming has stopped, flush top of Battery with clear water. If Terminals and Cable clamps are corroded, disconnect the Cables and clean them with the same alkaline solution.

32

32

Return


Specifications and Lubrications

Specifications and Lubrications

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission.

Oil Capacity in Transmission .8 Quart [.75 l] or to bottom of the fluid fill hole in the transmission.

Transmission Fluid Type

Transmission Fluid Type

Greater then 5°F SAE 80W-90 Less then 5°F ATF Dexron III

Greater then 5°F SAE 80W-90 Less then 5°F ATF Dexron III

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir 1 Quart [.75 l] Fluid Greater then 5°F Sunoco TH Less then 5°F ATF Dexron III

Oil capacity in Hydraulic Reservoir 1 Quart [.75 l] Fluid Greater then 5°F Sunoco TH Less then 5°F ATF Dexron III

Grease Type

Grease Type

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

NOTE: Dexron III that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

Return

33

Tex. Ref. C and C #880

NOTE: Dexron III that meets or exceeds Allison C-3 or Caterpillar T0-2 specifications.

33


Service Intervals 200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

200 HOURS OR MONTHLY

Check condition of battery charge. Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged

parts. Check all operating functions and adjustments. Check hydraulic fluid level. Check transmission oil level. Lubricate all grease fittings. Inspect power cables and control wiring. Clean with compressed air. Inspect motor brushes.

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

Check condition of battery charge. Visually inspect for leaks, loose, missing, or damaged

parts. Check all operating functions and adjustments. Check hydraulic fluid level. Check transmission oil level. Lubricate all grease fittings. Inspect power cables and control wiring. Clean with compressed air. Inspect motor brushes.

2000 HOURS OR ANNUAL

Clean battery and machine. Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

Return

Service Intervals

34

Clean battery and machine. Drain, flush, and refill transmission gear case. Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic reservoir.

34


Field Modifications

Field Modification

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

35

35

Return


Recycling/discarding

Recycling/discarding

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Discarding the battery

Discarding the battery

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery) or if the entire truck is to be scrapped special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery) or if the entire truck is to be scrapped special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

Spent batteries shall be returned /sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then take care of returning the battery to the manufacturer.

Spent batteries shall be returned /sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then take care of returning the battery to the manufacturer.

Scrapping the truck

Scrapping the truck

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

Chassis

Return

Chassis

Chassis

Steel

Chassis

Stee

Mast

Steel

Mast

Stee

Battery cover

Steel

Battery cover

Stee

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Bushings

Iron/coppe

Bushings

Iron/copper

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Finish

Epoxy-polyeste

36

36


Recycling/discarding Chassis

Recycling/discarding Chassis

Wheels

Polyurethane

Hydraulic system

Wheels

Polyurethane

Hydraulic system

Oil tank

Polyethylene

Oil tank

Polyethylene

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Cylinders

Steel

Cylinders

Steel

Electrical system

Electrical system

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Motors

Steel and coppe

Motors

Steel and copper

Return

37

37


BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600

Return

BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600


Operator’s Manual

Operator’s Manual

RMX/HMX

RMX/HMX

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001

HMX

HMX

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Part no: 302063-002 Return

Date: October 24, 1997

Part no: 302063-002

Date: October 24, 1997


Operator’s warning

Operator’s warning

IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

Before operating the truck:

Before operating the truck:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

1

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1


Foreword

Foreword

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

California Proposition 65

California Proposition 65

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

2

2

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Safety regulations ............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Safety regulations............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks ..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 22 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 RMX Data plate ............................................................... 24 HMX Data plate ............................................................... 25 U.L. construction type...................................................... 26

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 22 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 RMX Data plate............................................................... 24 HMX Data plate............................................................... 25 U.L. construction type...................................................... 26

Presentation of main components ................................. 27

Presentation of main components ................................. 27

Controls and instruments ............................................... 30 Control handle ................................................................. 30 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 31 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 31 Travel direction selector and speed control ..................... 32 Horn................................................................................. 32 Reverser switch............................................................... 33 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 34 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 35 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 36 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 36 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 37 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 37 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 38 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 39 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 39 Horn................................................................................. 39 Control for Lowering the Forks ........................................ 40 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 40 Coast control (HMX only) ................................................ 41

Controls and instruments ............................................... 30 Control handle ................................................................. 30 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 31 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 31 Travel direction selector and speed control..................... 32 Horn ................................................................................ 32 Reverser switch............................................................... 33 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 34 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 35 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 36 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 36 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 37 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 37 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 38 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 39 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 39 Horn ................................................................................ 39 Control for Lowering the Forks ........................................ 40 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 40 Coast control (HMX only) ................................................ 41

3

3

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Driving............................................................................... 42 Starting the truck ............................................................. 43 Braking ............................................................................ 45 Steering ........................................................................... 47 Parking the truck ............................................................. 47

Driving ............................................................................... 42 Starting the truck.............................................................. 43 Braking............................................................................. 45 Steering............................................................................ 47 Parking the truck .............................................................. 47

Transporting loads .......................................................... 48 General............................................................................ 48 Collecting a load.............................................................. 51 Leaving a load ................................................................. 52

Transporting loads ........................................................... 48 General ............................................................................ 48 Collecting a load .............................................................. 51 Leaving a load.................................................................. 52

Battery............................................................................... 53 Type of battery ................................................................ 53 Changing the battery ....................................................... 53 Charging the battery........................................................ 55 Battery maintenance ....................................................... 58

Battery ............................................................................... 53 Type of battery ................................................................. 53 Changing the battery........................................................ 53 Charging the battery ........................................................ 55 Battery maintenance ........................................................ 58

Daily service/safety checks ............................................ 60

Daily service/safety checks ............................................. 60

Maintenance ..................................................................... 64 General............................................................................ 64 Safety regulations with maintenance work...................... 64 Cleaning and washing ..................................................... 68 Maintenance chart........................................................... 70 Lubrication chart.............................................................. 74 Oil and grease specification ............................................ 75

Maintenance ...................................................................... 64 General ............................................................................ 64 Safety regulations with maintenance work....................... 64 Cleaning and washing...................................................... 68 Maintenance chart ........................................................... 70 Lubrication chart .............................................................. 74 Oil and grease specification............................................. 75

Transport and storing the truck ..................................... 76 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard ............. 76 Lifting the truck ................................................................ 76 Towing and transporting a disabled truck........................ 78 Storing the truck .............................................................. 79 Starting after a period of disuse ...................................... 79

Transport and storing the truck ...................................... 76 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard .............. 76 Lifting the truck................................................................. 76 Towing and transporting a disabled truck ........................ 78 Storing the truck ............................................................... 79 Starting after a period of disuse ....................................... 79

Recycling/discarding ....................................................... 80 Discarding the battery ..................................................... 80 Scrapping the truck ......................................................... 80

Recycling/discarding........................................................ 80 Discarding the battery ...................................................... 80 Scrapping the truck .......................................................... 80

4

4

Return


Safety regulations Warning symbols

Safety regulations Warning symbols

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Warning levels

Warning levels

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

DANGER

DANGER

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

WARNING

WARNING

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

CAUTION

CAUTION

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

NOTE!

NOTE!

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

Return

5

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

5


Safety regulations Prohibitory symbols

Prohibitory symbols

NO SMOKING

NO SMOKING

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

SAFETY SHOES

SAFETY SHOES

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

Return

Safety regulations

6

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

6


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Control

Control

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

Return

7

7


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operating the truck

Operating the truck

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

Return

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

8

8


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operator’s responsibility

Operator’s responsibility

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

Return

9

9


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Working area

Working area

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Return

10

10


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Driving and conduct while driving

Driving and conduct while driving

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Return

11

11


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

Return

12

12


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling loads

Handling loads

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

Return

13

13


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Always park in designated areas if available.

Always park in designated areas if available.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Return

14

14


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling the battery

Handling the battery

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Return

15

15


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

16

16

Return


Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

17

17

Return


Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

14

14

5

5

RMX

RMX

13

13

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

10

10

Warning decals

Warning decals

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18 Return

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

19

19

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Application area for BT’s trucks

Application area for BT’s trucks

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

Return

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

20

20


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Truck data

Truck data

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

RMX

RMX

Truck type

5000 lb [2270 kg]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

8000 lb [3632 kg]

12

24

24

Voltage Operating speed without load

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Truck type

5000 lb [2270 kg]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

8000 lb [3632 kg]

12

24

24

Voltag Operating speed without load

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load,

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

HMX

HMX 6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without load

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltag

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without load

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

21

21

Return


Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

12 Volt 24 Volt Compartment Size: Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

12 Volt 24 Volt Compartment Size: Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

HMX truck battery dimensions

HMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

22

22

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX truck dimensions

RMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

F N

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

F N

M

G

L

M

G

L H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

E

H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

Return

23

23


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX truck dimensions

HMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

Area of ride platform

Area of ride platform

F

F

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm

67° 12.5°

67° 12.5°

T

T

G

S R

E

R

H

Q

G

S I

P

H

Q

I

P O

N

J

L

M

O

K

All Dimensions shown for 48” long pallet

N

J

L

M

K

All Dimensions shown for 48” long pallet

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

Return

24

24


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX data plate

RMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

Return

25

25


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX data plate

HMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

Return

26

26


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

U.L. construction type

U.L. construction type

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

27

27

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer. 3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer. 3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

28

28

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, BT Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, BT Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, BT Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move. 18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, BT Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, BT Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, BT Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move. 18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

29

29

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

14

13

15

15

12

16

17

18

4 1

4 1

9 10

9 10

11 2

8

11 2

8

19

19 3

3

RMX

RMX 16 15 20 14

5 6

7

16 15 20 14

5 11

6

7

HMX

Return

12

16

17

18

14

13

30

HMX

30

11


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Control handle

Control handle

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

Switch

Switch Steering Control Handle

Horn Switch

Steering Control Handle Horn Switch

Rearward

Directional Controls

Return

31

Forward

Rearward

Directional Controls 31

Forward


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for raising the forks

Control for raising the forks

A

A

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

Return

32

E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

32


Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

R

R

R

R

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

Horn

Horn

Horn

Horn

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

Return

33

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

33


Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Reverser Switch

Reverser Switch

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

34

34

Return


Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

B1

B1 F

F

B2

B2

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

Parking brake (B1):

Parking brake (B1):

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

Travel brake (B2):

Travel brake (B2):

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

35

35

Return


Controls and instruments Braking using plugging function

Controls and instruments Braking using plugging function

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION. •

Return

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position plugging in the opposite direction. For the strongest power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION. •

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position in the opposite direction. For the strongest plugging power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36


Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Key switch (toggle switch)

Key switch (toggle switch)

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

Emergency disconnect switch

Emergency disconnect switch

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

37

37

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

1

Fully-charged battery

1

Fully-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

0

Discharged battery

0

Discharged battery

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

38

38

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Hourmeter

Hourmeter

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

39

39

Return


Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Raise

Horn

Fork Raise

Horn

Control for High Speed Control

Control for High Speed Control

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

Horn

Horn

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

40

40

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for Lowering the Forks

Control for Lowering the Forks

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Control for Raising the Forks

Control for Raising the Forks

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

41

41

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Coast Control (HMX only)

Coast Control (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

42

42

Return


Driving

Driving

Driving

Driving

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

43

43

Return


Driving

Driving

Starting the truck

Starting the truck

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

F

F

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Return

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

44

44


Driving

Driving

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

Return

45

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

45


Driving

Driving

Braking

Braking B1

B1

2 B2

2 B2

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

Return

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46


Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

Return

47

Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

47


Driving

Driving

Steering

Steering

Steer by means of the control handle.

Steer by means of the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control ( HMX only) for automatic braking.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control ( HMX only) for automatic braking.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

Return

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

General

General

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

WARNING Risk of overturning.

WARNING Risk of overturning.

The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

Return

49

49


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Return

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

50

50


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

Return

51

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

51


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Collecting a load

Collecting a load

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

52

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

52


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Leaving a load

Leaving a load

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

53

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

53


Battery

Battery

Battery

Battery

Type of battery

Type of battery

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Changing the battery

Changing the battery

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

Park truck at battery removal station.

Park truck at battery removal station.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Remove battery stops.

Remove battery stops.

Return

54

54


Battery

Battery

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Install battery stops.

Install battery stops.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

Return

55

55


Battery

Battery

Charging the battery

Charging the battery

General prohibition

General prohibition

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

Return

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

300-480

50-70

300-480

50-70

480-730

80-110

480-730

80-110

730-900

130-150

730-900

130-150

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

56

56


Battery

Battery

Pre-charging

Pre-charging

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Switch ON the battery charger.

Switch ON the battery charger.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

During charging

During charging

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON.

Return

57

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON. 57


Battery

Battery

After charging

After charging

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Switch OFF the charger.

Switch OFF the charger.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

CAUTION

Return

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58

CAUTION

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58


Battery

Battery

Battery maintenance

Battery maintenance

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

Each week:

Each week:

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Return

59

59


Battery

Battery

Each month:

Each month:

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Temperature

Gravity

Temperature

Gravity

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

Return

60

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

60


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

Return

61

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

61


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

13

12

13

12 3 4

11

10

16

3 4

14

16

14

9

9 2

15

8

RMX

2

15

8

RMX

6

6

7

7

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 1

HMX

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 8

6

1

HMX

8

6

7

Return

11

10

8

7 5

8

5

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

62

62


Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

1

Hydraulic system

2

Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

1

Hydraulic system

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

2

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt an debris

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt and debris

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

9

Hand brake

Check its functio

9

Hand brake

Check its function

10

Direction / speed control

Check its functio

10

Direction / speed control

Check its function

11

Hydraulic function

Check its functio

11

Hydraulic function

Check its function

12

Reverser switch

Check its functio

12

Reverser switch

Check its function

13

Horn

Check its functio

13

Horn

Check its function

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its functio

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its function

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its functio

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its function

17

High speed switch

Check its functio

17

High speed switch

Check its function

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

63

63

Return


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Special equipment

Special equipment

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe BT operation consult with your supervisor and your representative about routine checks.

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe BT operation consult with your supervisor and your representative about routine checks.

64

64

Return


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

General information

General information

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Return

65

65


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Return

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

Return

67

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

67


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

Other service and repair work

Other service and repair work

Return

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68


Maintenance

Maintenance

Cleaning and washing

Cleaning and washing

General

General

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

External cleaning

External cleaning

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing.

Return

69

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing. 69


Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Electrical components

Electrical components

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

Return

70

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

70


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

PM Interval:

PM Interval:

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

No.

Action

No.

Action

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

2.0

Motors

2.0

Motors

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

3.0

Drive unit

3.0

Drive unit

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.4

Check the mounting on support

3.4

Check the mounting on support

4.0

Wheels

4.0

Wheels

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

Return

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G


Maintenance No.

Action

A

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

5.0

Brake

5.1

Clean

5.2

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

G

No.

Action

X

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

X

X

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

X

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

5.0

Brake

X

5.1

Clean

X

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.2

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.4

Check brake operation

5.4

Check brake operation

6.0

Electrical panel

6.0

Electrical panel

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

7.0

Electronic card

7.0

Electronic card

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

8.0

Electronic control system

8.0

Electronic control syste

8.1

Check key switch

8.1

Check key switch

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

9.0

Battery

X

X

X

X

A

B

C

X

X

X

9.0

Battery

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

X

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

Return

72

E

72

F

G

X

X

X

D

X


Maintenance No.

Action

No.

Action

10.0

Hydraulic system

10.0

Hydraulic system

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

X

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

X

10.2

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.2

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.5

Change oil

10.5

Change oil

11.0

Cylinder

11.0

Cylinder

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

12.0

Lift devices

12.0

Lift devices

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

13.0

Controls

13.0

Controls

13.1

Check handle mounting

X

13.1

Check handle mounting

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

14.0

Gauge

14.0

Gauge

14.1

Check dash display

14.1

Check dash display

15.0

Brake Levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.1

A

Maintenance C

D

E

F

X

X X X

X

X

X

Check switch function

Return

B

73

G

15.0

Brake Levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.1

Check switch function

A

B

C

D

E

F

X

X X X

X

X

X

73

G


Maintenance No.

Action

A

17.0

Emergency stop switch

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

G

X

No.

Action

A

17.0

Emergency stop switch

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

B

C

D

E

F

X

9

9

13

13

14

16

14

16 11

15

12

4

8 6 7

17

5

4

2 RMX

3 4 15

13 11

5

6 7

12

2

1 4

2

15

4 8

RMX

3

1

10

13 11

4 8

10 5

6 7

12

2 HMX 3

Return

12

5

2

2

11

15

8 6 7

17

4

G

1

HMX 3

4

1

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

74

74


Maintenance

Maintenance

Lubrication chart

Lubrication chart Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Service point

1

Wheel bearings

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

4

Drive gear

C

5

Hinges

6

Steering bearings

7

Gear ring

500h

L=Lubrication

Return

Service point

A

1

Wheel bearings

B

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

C

4

Drive gear

C

L

D

5

Hinges

L

D

L

A

6

Steering bearings

L

A

A

7

Gear ring

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Lubricant

O

O

O=Oil change

Lubricant 500h

L=Lubrication

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

O

A B

O

C

A

O=Oil change


Maintenance

Maintenance

Approved Oils and Grease

Approved Oils and Grease

Specification Pos.

Lubricant

A

Grease

B

Hydraulic oil

Sunoco TH

Sunoco TH

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

D

Above 5°F [-15°C]

Application

Lubricant

Bearings and bushings

A

Grease

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

B

Hydraulic oil

SAE 75W

SAE 75W

Gears

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

D

Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

SAE 40

Specification Pos.

Below 5°F [-15°C]

area

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

Below 5°F [-15°C]

Application Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

Sunoco TH

SAE 40

area Bearings and bushings

Sunoco TH

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

SAE 75

SAE 75

Gears

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

A

RMX

A

RMX

C

C

D

B

D

A

B

HMX C

A

HMX C

D

Return

Above 5°F [-15°C]

D

Lubrication chart location points

Lubrication chart location points

76

76


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Return

77

77


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Lifting the truck

Lifting the truck

Return

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

78

78


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

Return

79

79


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Storing the truck

Storing the truck

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Battery

Battery

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Drive unit

Drive unit

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Starting after a period of disuse

Starting after a period of disuse

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

Return

80

80


Recyling/Discarding

Recyling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Discarding the battery

Discarding the battery

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Scrapping the truck

Scrapping the truck

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

Chassis

Chassis

Chassis

Steel

Chassis

Steel

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Bushings

Iron/copper

Bushings

Iron/copper

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Wheels

Polyurethane

Wheels

Polyurethane

Return

81

81


Recyling/Discarding

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Oil tank

Steel

Oil tank

Stee

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Hoses

Rubber and stee

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Cylinders

Steel

Cylinders

Stee

Electrical system

Return

Recyling/Discarding

Electrical system

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Motors

Steel and copper

Motors

Steel and copper

82

82


BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600

Return

BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600


Operator’s Manual

Operator’s Manual

RMX/HMX

RMX/HMX

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001

HMX

HMX

RMX

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Part no: 302063-002 Return

Date: June 02, 1998

Part no: 302063-002

Date: June 02, 1998


Operator’s warning

Operator’s warning

IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

Before operating the truck:

Before operating the truck:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

WARNING INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER

WARNING INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER

PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

1

PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1


Foreword

Foreword

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

The following warning is provided pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Sections 25249.5 et. seq.

California Proposition 65

California Proposition 65

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

This product contains and emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

2

2

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Safety regulations ............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Safety regulations............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 Truck battery dimensions ................................................ 22 RMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 HMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 24 RMX data plate................................................................ 25 HMX data plate................................................................ 26 U.L. construction type...................................................... 27

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 Truck battery dimensions ................................................ 22 RMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 HMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 24 RMX data plate................................................................ 25 HMX data plate................................................................ 26 U.L. construction type...................................................... 27

Presentation of main components ................................. 28

Presentation of main components ................................. 28

Controls and instruments ............................................... 31 Control handle ................................................................. 31 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 32 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 32 Travel direction selector and speed control..................... 33 Horn................................................................................. 33 Reverser switch............................................................... 34 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 35 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 36 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 37 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 37 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 38 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 38 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 39 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 40 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 40 Horn................................................................................. 40

Controls and instruments ............................................... 31 Control handle ................................................................. 31 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 32 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 32 Travel direction selector and speed control..................... 33 Horn ................................................................................ 33 Reverser switch............................................................... 34 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 35 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 36 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 37 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 37 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 38 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 38 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 39 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 40 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 40 Horn ................................................................................ 40

3

3

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Control for Lowering the Forks ........................................ 41 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 41 Coast control (HMX only) ................................................ 42

Control for Lowering the Forks.........................................41 Control for raising the forks..............................................41 Coast control (HMX only).................................................42

Driving............................................................................... 43 Starting the truck ............................................................. 44 Braking ............................................................................ 46 Steering ........................................................................... 48 Parking the truck ............................................................. 48

Driving ...............................................................................43 Starting the truck..............................................................44 Braking.............................................................................46 Steering............................................................................48 Parking the truck ..............................................................48

Transporting loads .......................................................... 49 General............................................................................ 49 Collecting a load.............................................................. 52 Leaving a load ................................................................. 53

Transporting loads ...........................................................49 General ............................................................................49 Collecting a load ..............................................................52 Leaving a load..................................................................53

Battery............................................................................... 54 Type of battery ................................................................ 54 Changing the battery ....................................................... 54 Charging the battery........................................................ 56 Battery maintenance ....................................................... 59

Battery ...............................................................................54 Type of battery .................................................................54 Changing the battery........................................................54 Charging the battery ........................................................56 Battery maintenance ........................................................59

Daily service/safety checks ............................................ 61

Daily service/safety checks .............................................61

Maintenance ..................................................................... 65 General............................................................................ 65 Safety regulations with maintenance work ...................... 65 Cleaning and washing ..................................................... 69 Maintenance chart........................................................... 71 Lubrication chart.............................................................. 75 Oil and grease specification ............................................ 76

Maintenance ......................................................................65 General ............................................................................65 Safety regulations with maintenance work.......................65 Cleaning and washing......................................................69 Maintenance chart ...........................................................71 Lubrication chart ..............................................................75 Oil and grease specification.............................................76

Transport and storing the truck ..................................... 77 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard ............. 77 Lifting the truck ................................................................ 78 Towing and transporting a disabled truck........................ 79 Storing the truck .............................................................. 80 Starting after a period of disuse ...................................... 80

Transport and storing the truck ......................................77 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard ..............77 Lifting the truck.................................................................78 Towing and transporting a disabled truck ........................79 Storing the truck...............................................................80 Starting after a period of disuse .......................................80

Recycling/discarding ....................................................... 81 Discarding the battery ..................................................... 81 Scrapping the truck ......................................................... 81

Recycling/discarding........................................................81 Discarding the battery ......................................................81 Scrapping the truck ..........................................................81

4

4

Return


Safety regulations Warning symbols

Safety regulations Warning symbols

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Warning levels

Warning levels

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

DANGER

DANGER

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

WARNING

WARNING

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

CAUTION

CAUTION

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

NOTE!

NOTE!

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

Return

5

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

5


Safety regulations Prohibitory symbols

Prohibitory symbols

NO SMOKING

NO SMOKING

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

SAFETY SHOES

SAFETY SHOES

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

Return

Safety regulations

6

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

6


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Control

Control

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

Return

7

7


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operating the truck

Operating the truck

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

Return

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

8

8


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operator’s responsibility

Operator’s responsibility

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

Return

9

9


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Working area

Working area

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Return

10

10


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Driving and conduct while driving

Driving and conduct while driving

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Return

11

11


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

Return

12

12


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling loads

Handling loads

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

Return

13

13


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Always park in designated areas if available.

Always park in designated areas if available.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Return

14

14


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling the battery

Handling the battery

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Return

15

15


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

16

16

Return


Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

17

17

Return


Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

14

14

5

5

RMX

RMX

13

13

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

10

10

Warning decals

Warning decals

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18 Return

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb [3632 kg]. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb [3632 kg]. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

19

19

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Application area for BT’s trucks

Application area for BT’s trucks

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

Return

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

20

20


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Truck data

Truck data

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

RMX truck data

RMX truck data

Truck type

5000 lb [2270 kg]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

8000 lb [3632 kg]

12

24

24

Voltage

5000 lb 6500 lb [2270 kg] [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

12

8000 lb [3632 kg]

24

24

Operating speed without load

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed without load

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

HMX truck data

HMX truck data 6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without load

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without load

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

21

21

Return


Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Compartment Size: 12 Volt 24 Volt Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

Compartment Size: 12 Volt 24 Volt Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

HMX truck battery dimensions

HMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

22

22

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX truck dimensions

RMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

F N

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

F N

M

G

L

M

G

L H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

E

H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

Return

23

23


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX truck dimensions

HMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

Area of ride platform

Area of ride platform

F

F

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm]

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm]

67° 12.5°

67° 12.5°

T

T

G

S R

R

H

Q

G

S I

P

H

Q

I

P O

N

J

L

M

O

K

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

Return

E

N

J

L

M

K

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

24

24


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX data plate

RMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

Return

25

25


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX data plate

HMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

Return

26

26


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

U.L. construction type

U.L. construction type

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

27

27

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer.

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer.

3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

28

28

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move.

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move.

18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

29

29

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

14

13

15

15

12

16

17

18

4 1

4 1

9 10

9 10

11 2

8

11 2

8

19

19 3

3

RMX

RMX 16 15 20 14

5 6

7

16 15 20 14

5 11

6

7

HMX

Return

12

16

17

18

14

13

30

HMX

30

11


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Control handle

Control handle

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

Switch

Switch Steering Control Handle

Horn Switch

Steering Control Handle Horn Switch

Rearward

Directional Controls Return

31

Forward

Rearward

Directional Controls 31

Forward


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for raising the forks

Control for raising the forks

A

A

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

Return

32

E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

32


Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

R

R

R

R

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

Horn

Horn

Horn

Horn

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

Return

33

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

33


Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Reverser Switch

Reverser Switch

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

34

34

Return


Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

B1

B1 F

F

B2

B2

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

Parking brake (B1):

Parking brake (B1):

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

Travel brake (B2):

Travel brake (B2):

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

35

35

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Braking using plugging function

Braking using plugging function

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION.

Return

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position in the opposite direction. For the strongest plugging power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position in the opposite direction. For the strongest plugging power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36


Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Key switch (toggle switch)

Key switch (toggle switch)

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

Emergency disconnect switch

Emergency disconnect switch

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

37

37

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

1

Fully-charged battery

1

Fully-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

0

Discharged battery

0

Discharged battery

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

38

38

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Hourmeter

Hourmeter

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

39

39

Return


Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Raise

Horn

Fork Raise

Horn

Control for High Speed Control

Control for High Speed Control

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

Horn

Horn

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

40

40

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for Lowering the Forks

Control for Lowering the Forks

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Control for Raising the Forks

Control for Raising the Forks

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

41

41

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Coast Control (HMX only)

Coast Control (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

42

42

Return


Driving

Driving

Driving

Driving

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

43

43

Return


Driving

Driving

Starting the truck

Starting the truck

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

F

F

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Return

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

44

44


Driving

Driving

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

Return

45

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

45


Driving

Driving

Braking

Braking B1

B1

2 B2

2 B2

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

Return

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46


Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

Return

47

Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

47


Driving

Driving

Steering

Steering

Steer by means of the control handle.

Steer by means of the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control (HMX only) for automatic braking.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control (HMX only) for automatic braking.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

Return

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

General

General

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

Return

49

49


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Return

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

50

50


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

Return

51

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

51


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Collecting a load

Collecting a load

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

52

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

52


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Leaving a load

Leaving a load

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

53

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

53


Battery

Battery

Battery

Battery

Type of battery

Type of battery

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Changing the battery

Changing the battery

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

Park truck at battery removal station.

Park truck at battery removal station.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Remove battery stops.

Remove battery stops.

Return

54

54


Battery

Battery

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Install battery stops.

Install battery stops.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

Return

55

55


Battery

Battery

Charging the battery

Charging the battery

General prohibition

General prohibition

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

Return

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

300-480

50-70

300-480

50-70

480-730

80-110

480-730

80-110

730-900

130-150

730-900

130-150

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

56

56


Battery

Battery

Pre-charging

Pre-charging

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Switch ON the battery charger.

Switch ON the battery charger.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

During charging

During charging

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON.

Return

57

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON. 57


Battery

Battery

After charging

After charging

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Switch OFF the charger.

Switch OFF the charger.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

CAUTION

Return

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58

CAUTION

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58


Battery

Battery

Battery maintenance

Battery maintenance

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

Each week:

Each week:

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Return

59

59


Battery

Battery

Each month:

Each month:

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Temperature

Gravity

Temperature

Gravity

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

Return

60

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

60


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

Return

61

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

61


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

13

12

13

12 3 4

11

10

16

3 4

14

16

14

9

9 2

15

8

RMX

2

15

8

RMX

6

6

7

7

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 1

HMX

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 8

6

1

HMX

8

6

7

Return

11

10

8

7 5

8

5

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

62

62


Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

1

Hydraulic system

2

Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

1

Hydraulic system

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

2

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt and debris

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt and debris

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

9

Hand brake

Check its function

9

Hand brake

Check its function

10

Direction / speed control

Check its function

10

Direction / speed control

Check its function

11

Hydraulic function

Check its function

11

Hydraulic function

Check its function

12

Reverser switch

Check its function

12

Reverser switch

Check its function

13

Horn

Check its function

13

Horn

Check its function

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its function

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its function

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its function

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its function

17

High speed switch

Check its function

17

High speed switch

Check its function

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

63

63

Return


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Special equipment

Special equipment

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe operation consult with your supervisor and your BT representative about routine checks.

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe operation consult with your supervisor and your BT representative about routine checks.

64

64

Return


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

General information

General information

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Return

65

65


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Return

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

Return

67

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

67


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

Other service and repair work

Other service and repair work

Return

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68


Maintenance

Maintenance

Cleaning and washing

Cleaning and washing

General

General

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

External cleaning

External cleaning

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing.

Return

69

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing. 69


Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Electrical components

Electrical components

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

Return

70

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

70


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

PM Interval:

PM Interval:

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

No.

Action

No.

Action

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

2.0

Motors

2.0

Motors

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

3.0

Drive unit

3.0

Drive unit

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.4

Check the mounting on support

3.4

Check the mounting on support

4.0

Wheels

4.0

Wheels

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

Return

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G


Maintenance No.

Action

No.

Action

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

X

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

X

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

X

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

X

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

5.0

Brake

5.0

Brake

5.1

Clean

X

5.1

Clean

X

5.2

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.2

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.4

Check brake operation

5.4

Check brake operation

6.0

Electrical panel

6.0

Electrical panel

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

7.0

Electronic card

7.0

Electronic card

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

8.0

Electronic control system

8.0

Electronic control system

8.1

Check key switch

8.1

Check key switch

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

9.0

Battery

9.0

Battery

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

X

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

X

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

Return

A

Maintenance B

C

D

E

G

X

X

X

X

72

F

X

A

B

C

D

E

G

X

X

X

X

72

F

X


Maintenance No.

Action

10.0

Hydraulic system

A

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

10.2

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

No.

Action

10.0

Hydraulic system

X

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

X

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.2

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.5

Change oil

10.5

Change oil

11.0

Cylinder

11.0

Cylinder

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

12.0

Lift devices

12.0

Lift devices

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

X

X X X

G

A

X

Controls

13.0

Controls

X

13.1

Check handle mounting

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

14.0

Gauge

14.0

Gauge

14.1

Check dash display

14.1

Check dash display

15.0

Brake Levers

15.0

Brake Levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.1

Check switch function

16.1

Check switch function

Return

73

E

X

Check handle mounting

X

D

X

13.1

X

C

F

X

13.0

X

B

X

X

X

73

G


Maintenance No.

Action

17.0

Emergency stop switch

A

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

G

X

No.

Action

17.0

Emergency stop switch

A

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

B

C

D

E

F

X

9

9

13 16

13 16

14

14

11

15

12

4

8 6 7

17

5

4

2 RMX

3 4 15

13 11

5

6 7

12

2

1 4

2

15

4 8

RMX

3

1

10

13 11

4 8

10 5

6 7

12

2 HMX 3

Return

12

5

2

2

11

15

8 6 7

17

4

G

1

HMX 3

4

1

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

74

74


Maintenance

Maintenance

Lubrication chart

Lubrication chart Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Service point

1

Wheel bearings

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

4

Drive gear

C

5

Hinges

6

Steering bearings

7

Gear ring

500h

L=Lubrication

Return

Service point

A

1

Wheel bearings

B

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

C

4

Drive gear

C

L

D

5

Hinges

L

D

L

A

6

Steering bearings

L

A

A

7

Gear ring

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Lubricant

O

O

O=Oil change

Lubricant 500h

L=Lubrication

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

O

A B

O

C

A

O=Oil change


Maintenance

Maintenance

Approved Oils and Grease

Approved Oils and Grease

Specification Pos.

Lubricant

A

Grease

B

Hydraulic oil

Sunoco TH

Sunoco TH

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

D

Above 5°F [-15°C]

Application

SAE 40

Bearings and bushings

A

Grease

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

B

Hydraulic oil

Sunoco TH

Sunoco TH

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

SAE 75W

SAE 75W

Gears

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

SAE 75W

SAE 75W

Gears

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

D

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

area

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

Above 5°F [-15°C]

Below 5°F [-15°C]

Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

SAE 40

area Bearings and bushings

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

A

RMX

A

RMX

C

C

D

B

D

A

B

HMX C

Return

Application

Lubricant

Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

Specification Pos.

Below 5°F [-15°C]

A

HMX C

D

D

Lubrication chart location points

Lubrication chart location points

76

76


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

Return

77

77


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Lifting the truck

Lifting the truck

Return

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

78

78


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

Return

79

79


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Storing the truck

Storing the truck

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Battery

Battery

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Drive unit

Drive unit

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Starting after a period of disuse

Starting after a period of disuse

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

Return

80

80


Recyling/Discarding

Recyling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Discarding the battery

Discarding the battery

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Scrapping the truck

Scrapping the truck

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

Chassis

Chassis

Chassis

Steel

Chassis

Steel

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Bushings

Iron/copper

Bushings

Iron/copper

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Wheels

Polyurethane

Wheels

Polyurethane

Return

81

81


Recyling/Discarding

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Oil tank

Steel

Oil tank

Steel

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Cylinders

Steel

Cylinders

Steel

Electrical system

Return

Recyling/Discarding

Electrical system

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Motors

Steel and copper

Motors

Steel and copper

82

82


BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600 Return

BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600


Operator’s Manual

Operator’s Manual

RMX/HMX

RMX/HMX

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001 - UP

Electric Low Lift Pallet Truck Effective Serial Number _MX__27297001 - UP

HMX

HMX

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

RMX

The operator must read and understand this manual before operating this truck.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING Keep this OPERATOR’S MANUAL with unit at all times in place provided when not in use.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Part no: 302063-002 Return

Date: October 20, 1998

Part no: 302063-002

Date: October 20, 1998


Operator’s warning

Operator’s warning

IMPORTANT NOTICE

IMPORTANT NOTICE

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

This is the “SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL”. This symbol is used to call your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you or other persons using this equipment. Please read these messages carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this truck.

Before operating the truck:

Before operating the truck:

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

1. The operator must be instructed on safe and correct use of this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

2. The operator must read and understand the Operator's Manual for this truck.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

BEFORE OPERATING TRUCK STUDY OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES. READ ALL SAFETY DECALS ON TRUCK. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

LEARN AND PRACTICE USE OF CONTROLS BEFORE OPERATING.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON TRUCK OPERATION AND TO OBSERVE PERTINENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS. OPERATOR MANUALS, PARTS MANUALS, AND REPAIR MANUALS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM YOUR EQUIPMENT DEALER.

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

Return

1

WARNING INJURY

OR DEATH TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONNEL COULD OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND MESSAGES.

1


Foreword

Foreword

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

It is important that you read and understand this Operator’s Manual for your own safety and the safety of those who work with you!

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

Before you start to use this truck it is of extreme importance that you have read the contents of the entire Operator’s Manual to be able to use the truck in a safe and efficient manner.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

This Operator’s Manual contains information on how you should use the truck and how to keep the truck in a safe condition by following daily service routines.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

Only personnel that have been trained as a truck operator, for this type of truck, are permitted to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

It is your employer’s responsibility to ensure that you have been trained to use your truck safely. Contact your supervisor if you feel uncertain about how to use this truck.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

Always follow the warnings given in this Operator’s Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents.

2

2

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Safety regulations ............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Safety regulations............................................................. 5 Warning symbols.............................................................. 5 Prohibitory symbols .......................................................... 6 General safety regulations ............................................... 7

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Warning and information signs ...................................... 17

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks ..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 Truck battery dimensions ................................................ 22 RMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 HMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 24 RMX data plate................................................................ 25 HMX data plate................................................................ 26 U.L. construction type...................................................... 27

Presentation of truck ....................................................... 19 Application areas for BT’s trucks..................................... 20 Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks ............................ 20 Truck data ....................................................................... 21 Truck battery dimensions ................................................ 22 RMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 HMX truck battery dimensions .................................... 22 RMX truck dimensions .................................................... 23 HMX truck dimensions .................................................... 24 RMX data plate................................................................ 25 HMX data plate................................................................ 26 U.L. construction type...................................................... 27

Presentation of main components ................................. 28

Presentation of main components ................................. 28

Controls and instruments ............................................... 31 Control handle ................................................................. 31 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 32 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 32 Travel direction selector and speed control ..................... 33 Horn................................................................................. 33 Reverser switch............................................................... 34 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 35 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 36 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 37 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 37 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 38 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 38 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 39 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 40 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 40 Horn................................................................................. 40

Controls and instruments ............................................... 31 Control handle ................................................................. 31 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 32 Control for lowering the forks .......................................... 32 Travel direction selector and speed control..................... 33 Horn ................................................................................ 33 Reverser switch............................................................... 34 Steering control handle/brake control.............................. 35 Braking using plugging function ...................................... 36 Key switch (toggle switch) ............................................... 37 Emergency disconnect switch ......................................... 37 BDI/Hourmeter with lift interrupt ...................................... 38 Battery discharge indicator (BDI) .................................... 38 Hourmeter ....................................................................... 39 Rider handrail (HMX only) ............................................... 40 Control for High Speed Control ....................................... 40 Horn ................................................................................ 40

3

3

Return


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Control for Lowering the Forks ........................................ 41 Control for raising the forks ............................................. 41 Coast control (HMX only) ................................................ 42

Control for Lowering the Forks......................................... 41 Control for raising the forks.............................................. 41 Coast control (HMX only)................................................. 42

Driving............................................................................... 43 Starting the truck ............................................................. 44 Braking ............................................................................ 46 Steering ........................................................................... 48 Parking the truck ............................................................. 48

Driving ............................................................................... 43 Starting the truck.............................................................. 44 Braking............................................................................. 46 Steering............................................................................ 48 Parking the truck .............................................................. 48

Transporting loads .......................................................... 49 General............................................................................ 49 Collecting a load.............................................................. 52 Leaving a load ................................................................. 53

Transporting loads ........................................................... 49 General ............................................................................ 49 Collecting a load .............................................................. 52 Leaving a load.................................................................. 53

Battery............................................................................... 54 Type of battery ................................................................ 54 Changing the battery ....................................................... 54 Charging the battery........................................................ 56 Battery maintenance ....................................................... 59

Battery ............................................................................... 54 Type of battery ................................................................. 54 Changing the battery........................................................ 54 Charging the battery ........................................................ 56 Battery maintenance ........................................................ 59

Daily service/safety checks ............................................ 61

Daily service/safety checks ............................................. 61

Maintenance ..................................................................... 65 General............................................................................ 65 Safety regulations with maintenance work...................... 65 Cleaning and washing ..................................................... 69 Maintenance chart........................................................... 71 Lubrication chart.............................................................. 75 Oil and grease specification ............................................ 76

Maintenance ...................................................................... 65 General ............................................................................ 65 Safety regulations with maintenance work....................... 65 Cleaning and washing...................................................... 69 Maintenance chart ........................................................... 71 Lubrication chart .............................................................. 75 Oil and grease specification............................................. 76

Transport and storing the truck ..................................... 77 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard ............. 77 Lifting the truck ................................................................ 78 Towing and transporting a disabled truck........................ 79 Storing the truck .............................................................. 80 Starting after a period of disuse ...................................... 80

Transport and storing the truck ...................................... 77 The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard .............. 77 Lifting the truck................................................................. 78 Towing and transporting a disabled truck ........................ 79 Storing the truck ............................................................... 80 Starting after a period of disuse ....................................... 80

Recycling/discarding ....................................................... 81 Discarding the battery ..................................................... 81 Scrapping the truck ......................................................... 81

Recycling/discarding........................................................ 81 Discarding the battery ...................................................... 81 Scrapping the truck .......................................................... 81

4

4

Return


Safety regulations Warning symbols

Safety regulations Warning symbols

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Always follow the warnings given in this Instruction Manual and on the truck to avoid accidents from occurring.

Warning levels

Warning levels

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

Warning texts are given in four levels and provide information on the risks, describe the consequences, and instruct how to avoid accidents.

DANGER

DANGER

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

Warns that an accident will occur if you do not follow the instructions. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or extremely severe material damage.

WARNING

WARNING

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are serious personal injury or possibly death, and/or severe material damage.

CAUTION

CAUTION

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

Warns that an accident can occur if the instructions are not followed. The consequences are personal injury and/or material damage.

NOTE!

NOTE!

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

Return

5

Marks the risk of a crash/breakdown if the instructions are not followed.

5


Safety regulations Prohibitory symbols

Prohibitory symbols

NO SMOKING

NO SMOKING

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

If smoking occurs in situations where a restriction against smoking is stated, a serious accident can occur.

OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED If open flames are used in situations where open flames are prohibited, a serious accident can occur.

GENERAL PROHIBITION If the prohibition is ignored, a serious accident can occur.

Ordinance symbols

SAFETY SHOES

SAFETY SHOES

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

Return

Safety regulations

6

When the directive for safety shoes is given, safety shoes shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

PROTECTIVE GLASSES When the directive for protective glasses is given, protective glasses shall always be worn to avoid personal injury.

6


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

These warnings are NOT meant to be a complete list, and only the operator's intelligence, good sense, and care of unit will assure that most hazards will be avoided. Refer to ASME B56.1 for further operator's information.

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Control

Control

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

Always carry out the daily service before the truck is used. The working order of all safety equipment, guards, and safety switches should be checked before you use the truck. Such safety equipment must not be disengaged or removed.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

The battery must be secured in its intended compartment. The battery shall have a weight that corresponds with the value stated on the truck’s data plate.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

Read the nameplates. Do not operate the truck if there are any differences between the data stated on the nameplate and the truck.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

The truck must not be used if it is damaged or has faults that affect safety or its safe use. The truck may not be used if it has been repaired, modified, or adjusted unless it has been checked and approved by personnel authorized by BT.

Return

7

7


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operating the truck

Operating the truck

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

The truck is designed and produced to be your tool when transporting goods to locations.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

If the truck is to be used in cold storage environments the truck must be especially built for this type of use.

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

It is not permitted to use the truck for other purposes than it has been designed and produced for, e.g. the following applications:

Return

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

In areas where the atmosphere contains gases that can cause fires or explosions.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

As a towing truck for trailers.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To tow other trucks.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

-

To transport/lift passengers.

8

8


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Operator’s responsibility

Operator’s responsibility

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven by personnel that have been specially trained and that have permission to drive the truck.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

The truck shall only be driven with care, good judgement, and in a responsible manner.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

Each country (state) has its own safety regulations. It is the operator’s obligation to know and follow these. This also applies to local regulations and for different types of handling. If the recommendations in this manual deviate from your country’s (state), the local safety regulations should be followed.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

The truck should be insured in accordance with local directives and laws where the truck is used.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Any accidents or near accidents (incidents) must be reported to your supervisor.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

Local regulations regarding personal safety equipment shall be followed.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

The truck should not be driven with oily hands or oily shoes due to the risk of slipping.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

DO NOT place any part of body between moving and stationary objects.

Return

9

9


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Working area

Working area

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

If there are marked truck routes these shall be used.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on a dry, clean surface. Do not operate on wet, oily surfaces.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

The truck should only be driven on hard and even surfaces, e.g. concrete or asphalt.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Ensure that the floor where the truck is to be used has sufficient load bearing capacity for total weight of the truck including the maximum load.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

Take special care if there are protruding parts from racks, shelves, or walls that can cause injury or damage the truck.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

It is forbidden for persons to be present in the area around the truck when there is a risk of personal injury, e.g. areas that can be reached by falling goods, lowering or falling lifting devices, or in the truck’s maneuvering area.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Grades, ramps, or inclines: This truck is designed for use on level floor operation. If it is necessary to operate on a grade, ramp, or incline refer to ASME B56.1 for requirements.

Return

10

10


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Driving and conduct while driving

Driving and conduct while driving

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck from the normal operator position.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Always drive the truck in a responsible manner and with full control. Sudden starts and braking, as well as cornering at high speed, should be avoided.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Drive at a reduced speed on inclines. Drive the truck straight up and down on inclines. It is not permitted to turn the truck on an incline.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Reduce the speed if the surface is slippery to prevent the truck from sliding or overturning.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Adapt your speed to the driving conditions, both to pedestrians and other trucks, in the working area. Reduce speed when the line of vision is limited and when pedestrians or other vehicles can be encountered.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Pay particular attention to other personnel, as well as fixed and moving objects, within the working area and thereby avoid accidents.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Always be prepared to stop if other personnel are in the working area.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Keep a safe distance from all vehicles ahead.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Always keep a safe distance from the edges of loading bays and loading ramps. Be attentive to marked risk areas.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Sound the horn when overtaking other vehicles and when the attention of other personnel is required.

Return

11

11


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Always give way to a loaded truck at junctions and in confined aisles.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never allow passengers to ride on the truck.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Never drive with any part of your body outside of the operator position.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

Before the truck is driven over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and has the necessary load bearing capacity. Drive slowly and carefully across the ramp.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

When the truck is driven on to another vehicle make sure the vehicle is stable and that the brakes have been applied correctly and wheels chocked.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

Before you drive the truck into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the total weight of the truck, the load, operator, and any other passengers in the elevator. Enter with the load first. No other personnel should be in the elevator when the load or truck enters or leaves.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

When the load impairs the line of vision, always drive with the load to the rear.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT run over loose objects, uneven surfaces, or other obstructions on roadway surfaces.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

DO NOT smoke while working around truck.

Return

12

12


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling loads

Handling loads

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Drive with care when collecting or leaving a load.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only drive with the forks lifted when collecting or leaving a load. Keep a safe distance from persons in the immediate area.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. The length and width of the forks shall be adapted to the load’s shape and dimensions.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged in a safe manner.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Particular care should be exercised when handling long and high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

Watch so that overhead obstructions such as lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc. are NOT contacted.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall Only be lifted vertically and NEVER drugged or pushed horizontally.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

The load shall be transported with bottom of load and forks as low as possible.

Return

13

13


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Always park in designated areas if available.

Always park in designated areas if available.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never leave the truck parked with the key still in the key switch.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck on an incline.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs emergency exits.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Never park the truck so that it obstructs traffic or work.

Return

14

14


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Handling the battery

Handling the battery

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always handle the battery and its connections with care. Read and follow the instructions for changing or recharging the battery carefully. See chapter Battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Always wear protective glasses when working with the battery.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery in the truck is of a weight that corresponds with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Make sure the battery is secured in its compartment.

Return

15

15


Safety regulations

Safety regulations

General safety regulations

General safety regulations

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance and repair

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

Maintenance instructions should be followed to prevent faults and accidents. See the chapter covering Maintenance. Only qualified and trained personnel are permitted to maintain, adjust, or repair the truck.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

All replacement parts shall be BT approved spare parts.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturer’s prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plate, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

16

16

Return


Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

Warning and information signs

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

The figure shows the position and significance of the signs’ location on the truck.

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

1. List of warnings 2. Horn: Control handle Horn sign 3. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Raising sign 4. Hydraulic controls: Control handle Lowering sign 5. Warning decal: No Riding (RMX only) 6. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Lowering sign (HMX only) 7. Hydraulic controls: Rider bar Raising sign (HMX only) 8. High Speed: Rider bar High Speed sign (HMX only) 9. Horn: Rider bar Horn sign (HMX only) 10. Truck data plate (HMX only) 11. Warning decal: Truck parking brake does not automatically engage (HMX only) 12. Warning decal: No Step, or No Standing, or No Riding (RMX only) 13. Truck data plate (RMX only) 14. U.L. listed

17

17

Return


Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

Warning and information signs

Breaking these rules may cause serious or fatal injury to yourself or others Read and understand all warnings and operating instructions in the operator's manual before operating this truck.

2 3 4

1

Only authorized and trained operators are to operate this machine. Keep feet clear of drive wheel and lowering frame. Make a safty check before operating the truck and do not operate if in need of repairs or maintenance. Maintenance is to be performed by authorized personnel only. This machine is designed of level floors and normal industrial operations. Additional operator's manuals can be obtained from your dealer or BT Prime-Mover, Inc., Muscatine, IA 52761. 305955-000

14

14

5

5

RMX

RMX

13

13

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

12

6 7 8 9

11 MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH COAST FEATURE.

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

MOVE HANDLE FULLY UP OR DOWN TO APPLY BRAKE. 302523-000

HMX

10

10

Warning decals

Warning decals

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

Clean or replace all safety and instruction decals that cannot be read.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

When you clean decals use only a cloth, soap, and water. DO NOT use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read.

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18 Return

If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure you install a new decal on the new part. New warning decals can be obtained from your BT dealer at NO charge. 18


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

BT’s truck program is intended for handling pallets indoors or alternatively other types of loads using other load carriers. The RMX trucks are operated by a walking operator. The HMX trucks are operated by either a walking or riding (standing) operator. This BT truck has available different fork lengths and lifting capacities. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb [3632 kg]. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The truck has a maximum lifting capacity of 8000 lb [3632 kg]. Refer to the truck’s data plate for this information on lifting capacities.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The RMX trucks are equipped with either a 12 or 24 volt electrical system, and the HMX has a 24 volt electrical system. The travel speeds are regulated by means of a transistor controller to provide gentle control of acceleration and speed while operating.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The forks are raised by means of a hydraulic pump unit. Both raising and lowering are done electrically with separate push buttons on the control handle. HMX trucks have additional controls for raising, lowering, horn, and high speed located on the rider control bar and can be operated with either hand.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

The truck can be fitted with different accessories including an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator, an hourmeter/battery discharge indicator with lift cutout, and a package guard on the backrest. The truck can also be fitted with stainless steel axles and low temperature oil for use in cool and humid conditions.

19

19

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Application area for BT’s trucks

Application area for BT’s trucks

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

BT’s trucks are solely designed and manufactured to handle goods. The truck should be fitted with the appropriate accessories relevant to the application.

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

Prohibited applications for BT’s trucks

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

The trucks are designed for handling goods indoors. It is not permitted to use the trucks for other purposes including the following:

Return

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use in areas that contain gases which can cause fires or explosions

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use as a towing truck for trailers

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to tow other trucks

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to transport/lift passengers

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

-

Do not use to drive on gravel or grass

20

20


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

Truck data

Truck data

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

The table provides information regarding some technical data which is of value with daily use of the truck.

RMX truck data

RMX truck data

Truck type

5000 lb [2270 kg]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

8000 lb [3632 kg]

12

24

24

Voltage

5000 lb 6500 lb [2270 kg] [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

12

8000 lb [3632 kg]

24

24

Operating speed without load

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed without loa

3.7 mph [5.95 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Operating speed with classified loa

2.3 mph 2.6 mph 2.4 mph [3.7 km/h] [4.18 km/h] [3.86 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

HMX truck data

HMX truck data 6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without load

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

6500 lb [2951 kg]

Truck type Voltage

8000 lb [3632 kg] 24

Operating speed without loa

8 mph [12.87 km/h]

Operating speed with classified load

6 mph 5 mph [9.65 km/h] [8.04 km/h]

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Maximum operating gradient with load, %

0

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

Continuous noise level. dB (A)

<80

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

The truck’s lifting capacity and weight can be found on the truck’s data plate.

21

21

Return


Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Presentation of truck Truck battery dimensions RMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

12 Volt 24 Volt Compartment Size: Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

12 Volt 24 Volt Compartment Size: Deep Minimum 7.6 in. [193 mm] 12.8 in. [325 mm] Deep Maximum 8.1 in. [206 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide Minimum 32.9 in. [836 mm] 32.9 in. [836 mm] Wide Maximum 33.4 in. [848 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck)

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

HMX truck battery dimensions

HMX truck battery dimensions

Important

Important

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Use only batteries that meet the following specifications:

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

Compartment Size: Minimum Maximum Deep 12.8 in. [325 mm] 13.3 in. [338 mm] Wide 32.9 in. [836 mm] 33.4 in. [848 mm] Battery Weight (Consult Data plate on truck) For smaller industrial battery sizes, provide blocking to restrain the battery from moving not more than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] in any horizontal direction.

22

22

Return


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX truck dimensions

RMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the RMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

77.7 in. [1973.58 mm] 12 Volt 83.0 in. [2108.2 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

Battery Compartment 8.1 in. [205.74 mm] 12 Volt Battery Compartment 13.3 in. [337.82 mm] 24 Volt

67° 12.5°

Battery roller height

O

F N

56.4 in. [1432.56 mm] 12 Volt 61.6 in. [1564.64 mm] 24 Volt

F N

M

G

L

M

G

L H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

E

H

K

J 30.2 in. [767.08 mm] 12 Volt 35.4 in. [899.16 mm] 24 Volt

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

I

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

A

34.1 in. [866.14 mm]

F

47.6 in. [1209.0 mm]

K

9.8 in. [248.92 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

G

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

L

2.3 in. [58.42 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

H

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

M

24.9 in. [632.46 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

I

4.2 in. [106.7 mm]

N

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

J

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

O

55.4 in. [1407.1 mm]

Return

23

23


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX truck dimensions

HMX truck dimensions

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

The following diagrams show external dimensions for the HMX truck in its standard design.

Extended tip forks

B

Extended tip forks

B D

C

A

D E

C

A

Area of ride platform

Area of ride platform

F

F

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm

Battery Compartment 13.3 [337.82 mm

67° 12.5°

67° 12.5°

T

T

G

S R

E

R

H

Q

G

S I

P

H

Q

I

P O

N

J

L

M

O

K

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

N

J

L

M

K

All Dimensions shown for 48 in. [1219.2 mm] long pallet

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

A

37.4 in. [949.96 mm]

H

61.6 in. [1564.64 mm]

O

3.6 in. [91.44 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

B

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

I

3.25 in. [82.55 mm]

P

9.1 in. [231.14 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

C

27.0 in. [685.8 mm]

J

6.0 in. [152.4 mm]

Q

27.2 in. [690.88 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

D

10.1 in. [256.54 mm]

K

4.2 in. [106.68 mm]

R

32.3 in. [820.42 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

E

28.0 in. [711.2 mm]

L

6.1 in. [154.94 mm]

S

47.9 in. [1216.7 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

F

88.1 in. [2237.7 mm]

M

40.5 in. [1028.7 mm]

T

55.4 in. [1407.2 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

G

47.6 in. [1209 mm]

N

14.9 in. [378.46 mm]

Return

24

24


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

RMX data plate

RMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight

Return

25

25


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

HMX data plate

HMX data plate

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

The diagram shows the data plate used on the truck.

Legend

Legend

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

1. Truck model number 2. Truck type 3. Truck serial number 4. Truck weight (less battery) 5. Truck voltage DC 6. Battery type UL class 7. Battery maximum AMP hours 8. Truck lifting capacity 9. Maximum battery weight 10. Minimum battery weight for Rubber Drive Tire 11. Minimum battery weight for Polyurethane drive tire

Return

26

26


Presentation of truck

Presentation of truck

U.L. construction type

U.L. construction type

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

Know the U.L. construction type of this truck and make certain that trucks of this type may be operated in restricted areas before you enter. Never take an unauthorized truck in restricted or hazardous areas.

27

27

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer. 3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

1. Steering control handle The truck is to be controlled by the operator with 180 degree steering angle. The brake is applied in the upper and lower position of the steering control handle. 2. Data plate Contains type designation, serial number, service weight, battery weight, rated lifting capacity, battery voltage, and manufacturer. 3. Door Swing open which provides good accessibility when servicing. The door can be completely removed from the truck by lifting the door from the hinges. 4. Gauge Combined hourmeter/battery indicator, hourmeter/battery indicator with lift cutout, or hourmeter only. 5. Hydraulic unit Pump motor, pump, electric valves and oil tank integrated in a compact unit. 6. Hydraulic electric solenoid valve For controlling lifting and lowering function with electric solenoid valve. 7. Drive unit with brake Fixed drive unit with a spring applied brake, drive motor, gear box, and drive wheel combined into a compact unit. The steering bearings are at the top of the drive unit. 8. Steering pivot point Lubricate pivot point to prevent stiff steering.

28

28

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move. 18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

9. Electric panel 12/24 volt electrical system. Vehicle speed is regulated by means of a transistor controller. 10. Circuit breaker 12A, Control circuit breaker part number 301889-000. 105A, Pump circuit breaker part number 307601-001. 150A, Drive circuit breaker part number 307601-000. 11. Load wheel Lubricate load wheels to prevent wheels from locking up. 12. Battery 12/24 volt with different capacities and weights. 13. Reverser switch The function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and an obstruction when traveling in the forward direction. 14. Horn switch The horn sounds to warn others of your position. 15. Fork raise switch The forks will raise when switch is pressed or until lift stops are reached. 16. Fork lower switch The forks will lower when switch is pressed or until lower stops are reached. 17. Travel speed / direction selection To select direction rotate in the direction you wish to move. The further in that direction you rotate the faster you move. 18. Key switch (toggle switch) Shuts off electrical power to control system. 19. Emergency stop switch The emergency stop switch will stop all control functions. 20. High speed switch (HMX only) High speed is engaged when steering handle speed switch is at full and high speed switch on hand rail is pressed.

29

29

Return


Presentation of main components

Presentation of main components

14

13

15

15

12

16

17

18

4 1

4 1

9 10

9 10

11 2

8

11 2

8

19

19 3

3

RMX

RMX 16 15 20 14

5 6

7

16 15 20 14

5 11

6

7

HMX

Return

12

16

17

18

14

13

30

HMX

30

11


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

Guards and shields have been provided on unit for your protection.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

WARNING DO NOT operate this equipment unless all factory installed guards and shields are properly secured in place.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

Decals are also provided to warn of potential danger as well as to display special operating procedures.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

WARNING Read and observe all warnings on this unit before operating it.

Control handle

Control handle

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

The control handle is used to provide hand brake, direction, speed, and horn on this machine. Fork Lower Switch Fork Raise

Switch

Switch Steering Control Handle

Horn Switch

Steering Control Handle Horn Switch

Rearward

Directional Controls

Return

31

Forward

Rearward

Directional Controls 31

Forward


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for raising the forks

Control for raising the forks

A

A

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The control button activates a micro switch to start the pump motor with lifting.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

The diagram illustrates the controls as seen from the operator’s position. Lift the forks by pressing ‘A’.

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks

NOTE! The forks cannot be raised with the key switch in position O.

Control for lowering the forks E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

Return

32

E

Lower the forks by pressing ‘E’. The lowering speed of the forks is controlled by a flow control valve. NOTE! The forks cannot be lowered with the key switch in position O.

32


Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

Controls and instruments Travel direction selector and speed control

R

R

R

R

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

Select the travel direction by rotating ‘R’ in the required direction. The speed is controlled variably based on the position of the lever.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

This truck is equipped with a thumb control and optional picking knob for speed and direction control. Rotating control in the forward or rearward direction will select that direction of travel. The truck speed will progressively increase as the control is rotated. Reversing the control can be used to quickly decrease speed or brake the truck.

Horn

Horn

Horn

Horn

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

Return

33

The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

33


Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Controls and instruments Reverser switch

Reverser Switch

Reverser Switch

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

The end of the control handle is equipped with a red automatic reversing switch which causes the truck to travel in the rearward direction when activated. Its function is to prevent the operator from being pinched between the handle and obstruction when traveling in the forward direction.

34

34

Return


Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

Controls and instruments Steering control handle/brake control

B1

B1 F

F

B2

B2

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

Operate the truck with the steering control handle in the center range, F.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

The brake is activated mechanically by the steering control handle/brake control. The brake is applied in two ranges, B1 and B2.

Parking brake (B1):

Parking brake (B1):

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

The arm automatically returns to position B1 when released.

Travel brake (B2):

Travel brake (B2):

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

Apply the brake by pushing the steering control handle downwards.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

The brake function should always be checked before using this unit.

36

36

Return


Controls and instruments Braking using plugging function

Controls and instruments Braking using plugging function

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to the opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION. •

Return

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position plugging in the opposite direction. For the strongest power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE PLUG BRAKING OPERATION. •

When using the plug braking the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the plugging force and the stopping distance. For the lightest plugging force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the creep position in the opposite direction. For the strongest plugging power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the creep position and full speed.

36


Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Controls and instruments Key Switch

Battery Discharge Indicator/Hourmeter Dash Display

Emergency Disconnect Switch

Dash Panel Layout

Key switch (toggle switch)

Key switch (toggle switch)

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

A key switch is provided to prevent unauthorized use of this unit. The key switch is located on the control panel cover.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

The key switch has two (2) positions: OFF and ON.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

1. Off Position: Turning the key to “OFF” will stop all electrical power from going to the control circuit from the battery.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

2. On Position: Turn the key to “ON” to check function of the hourmeter and battery discharge indicator. The key switch must be in this position to provide power to the control circuit when unit is operated.

Emergency disconnect switch

Emergency disconnect switch

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

The emergency disconnect switch will cut off all electrical power to the unit when pushed. To reset the emergency disconnect switch turn key switch to OFF position, repair emergency, push emergency disconnect switch on. The emergency disconnect button is physically located on the dash next to the key switch.

37

37

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

BDI/hourmeter with travel interrupt

1

Fully-charged battery

1

Fully-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

1/2

Half-charged battery

0

Discharged battery

0

Discharged battery

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator shows the actual charge level of the truck’s battery.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The battery indicator has an integrated travel interrupt that disables the truck’s travel function when a preset discharge level is reached. This prevents damage to the battery and increases the running economy of the truck. When the battery has reached a charge level equivalent to 70 percent discharge a warning signal is given by a flashing light. A further 10 percent of the battery’s capacity can be used before the battery indicator interrupts the lifting function.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor is operating.

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

Battery discharge indicator (BDI)

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

The battery discharge indicator (BDI) is used to indicate the degree the battery has been drained of charge. The BDI is to be read when unit is at rest with the key switch “ON” and with NO motors running.

38

38

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Hourmeter

Hourmeter

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

The hourmeter displays the time the drive motor and/or the pump motor are operating.

39

39

Return


Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Controls and instruments Rider Handrail (HMX only)

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Lower

High Speed

Fork Raise

Horn

Fork Raise

Horn

Control for High Speed Control

Control for High Speed Control

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

The high speed control switch is used with the rider control. The switch is located on handrail over the battery compartment. The switch is physically located third from the top of handrail. The high speed control is engaged when the steering control handle speed switch is at full and high speed control switch on handrail is pressed.

Horn

Horn

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

The horn switch on handrail works the same way that it does on the steering control handle. The horn sounds as long as the button is pressed.

40

40

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Control for Lowering the Forks

Control for Lowering the Forks

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Lowering of forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to lower as long as switch is depressed or until the lowering stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the lowering.

Control for Raising the Forks

Control for Raising the Forks

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

Raising of the forks is controlled by pushing down on either the switch on steering control handle or the switch on handrail. The forks will continue to raise as long as the switch is depressed or until the lifting stops are reached. Releasing switch will automatically stop the raising.

41

41

Return


Controls and instruments

Controls and instruments

Coast Control (HMX only)

Coast Control (HMX only)

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

The coast position is used to operate truck when operator is walking along side. In this position the automatic braking can be neutralized. Operator must flip coast control to the engaged position. In this position the brakes are released. When coast control is used the brakes are applied when steering control handle is pushed down or up all the way. The coast control is physically located at the base of steering control handle.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

Coast control MUST be disengaged to allow the steering control handle to raise fully for automatic braking.

42

42

Return


Driving

Driving

Driving

Driving

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

There are certain hazards that cannot be avoided solely by mechanical means in the everyday use of material handling trucks. Only the intelligence, good sense, and care of the operator, along with proper maintenance, will assure that the trucks are operated properly. It is important to have trained, reliable personnel operating your units. If at any time the operator finds that the unit is not performing properly he should discontinue operation of the truck and report the condition to his supervisor for correction.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

The proper operator position for this truck is shown and described below.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

Proper operation of this unit is with forks trailing when possible. Steering the truck is easier with the forks trailing. Always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

When forks are first to enter a confined area, elevator, or on an incline keep both hands on control handle. Keep both hands within the handle guard and always look in the direction of travel.

43

43

Return


Driving

Driving

Starting the truck

Starting the truck

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Ensure the battery connector is connected to the truck.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Turn the key switch to position I. The instrument lighting comes on.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

Make sure the battery indicator indicates a sufficient charge level (1/2 - 1) to operate the truck.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

NOTE! Low charge level. Prolonged operation with a low battery charge level can result in damage to the battery. Do not drive without first recharging the battery.

F

F

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the control handle to the drive position (F). The parking brake is released when the control handle is moved to the drive position (F).

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Move the travel direction selector/speed control in the desired direction.

Return

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

WARNING Function failure. Safety can be jeopardized. Always check the following safety functions before starting the day’s work.

44

44


Driving

Driving

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the horn functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the steering functions correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

- That the brakes function correctly.

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

Return

45

Start gently by accelerating slowly until you reach the desired speed. WARNING Dangerous driving. Accidents can occur. Always drive with care, good judgement, and responsibility as set out in the general safety guidelines.

45


Driving

Driving

Braking

Braking B1

B1

2 B2

2 B2

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

By moving the arm to the B2 position you will apply the travel brake. When you release the tiller arm it automatically returns to the parking brake position (B1).

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

This unit is equipped with a PLUG BRAKING FEATURE. This method involves simply reversing the travel control to opposite direction without applying the brake. This will cause the truck to come to a stop smoothly.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

As the truck comes to a full stop the operator may choose to continue holding the controls in the opposite direction and thus start the truck moving in that direction, or the operator may release the handle and allow the truck to come to a complete halt. Releasing the steering control handle will allow the parking brake to become automatically applied.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

THE CONTROL HANDLE MUST NOT BE PLACED IN THE BRAKE POSITION DURING THE “PLUG BRAKING” OPERATION.

Return

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46

When using the “plug braking” the operator may regulate, within the programmed capabilities, the severity of the “plugging” force and the stopping distance. For the lightest 46


Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

Return

47

Driving “plugging” force, and the longest stopping distance, the travel control should be operated only to the “creep” position in the opposite direction. For the strongest “plugging” power, and the shortest distance, the travel control should be operated to full speed in the opposite direction. Plug braking may be regulated with the control handle at any point between the “creep” position and full speed.

47


Driving

Driving

Steering

Steering

Steer by means of the control handle.

Steer by means of the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

If the truck gets caught against an obstacle do not use more force to steer than used when steering the truck under normal conditions. When this occurs try to free the truck by carefully driving forwards and backwards and at the same time carefully moving the control handle.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

WARNING Risk of slipping. You can lose control of the truck if your hands or shoes are oily. Always dry your hands and shoes before driving.

Parking the truck

Parking the truck

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Stop the truck and disengage the travel direction selector.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control ( HMX only) for automatic braking.

Release the steering control handle. The handle will return automatically to the parking brake position and the brakes are applied. Disengage coast control ( HMX only) for automatic braking.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

Turn the key switch to the O position.

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48 Return

WARNING Unauthorized use. Accidents can happen. Always remove the key when the truck is left unattended. 48


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Transporting loads

General

General

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

The weight of the load should be within the truck’s permitted lifting capacity. See the truck’s data plate.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The lifting capacity is reduced if additional equipment is attached to the truck. Always check the truck’s overall lifting capacity.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Only handle loads that are stable and arranged safely. Take particular care when handling high and long loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Make sure that the truck is equipped with a suitable load support when handling high loads.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

Always drive with the forks fully lowered except when collecting or leaving a load.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Lost stability. High loads can fall when cornering at high speed or cause tipover. Drive slowly and carefully when cornering and travel with loads in lowered position.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

WARNING Protruding loads. The load can collide with personnel, fixed or moving objects. A truck with a protruding load requires more room when cornering.

Return

49

49


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

NOTE! Increased machine width. The load can collide with fixed objects. A truck with wide loads requires a greater operating area.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

Drive the truck with the load trailing when the load impairs the line of vision.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

If necessary, when the operator’s vision is impaired, ask someone to direct operations so that transportation can take place without the risk of causing personal injury or material damage.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

DO NOT use the truck on grades, ramps, or inclines.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Before the truck is driven into an elevator ensure that the elevator is approved for the overall load (the truck’s weight and the load). Enter with the load first. DO NOT permit other personnel to be in the elevator while entering or leaving.

Return

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Risk of overturning. A loaded truck can overturn when attempting to turn on an incline. Never turn a loaded truck on an incline.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

WARNING Increased braking distance. The braking distance is increased when traveling on a grade. Drive at a reduced speed using the truck’s motor brake.

50

50


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

Return

51

WARNING Risk of overloading the elevator. An overloaded elevator can fall out of control down the elevator shaft. Always check the capacity of the elevator before driving in with the truck. •

Before you drive the truck over a loading ramp ensure that the ramp is correctly secured and that it has the necessary load bearing capacity. The truck should be driven slowly and carefully across the ramp and at a safe distance from the edges. WARNING Risk of tipping. The truck can tip over. Always check the ramp’s load bearing capacity and that it is secured correctly. Drive at a safe distance from the edges.

51


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Collecting a load

Collecting a load

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Slow down and position the truck carefully in front of the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Lower the forks to the fully down position.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Drive the truck rearward so that the forks are positioned in the center and as far as possible under the load.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Lift the forks so that the load is lifted free of the floor.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

52

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

52


Transporting loads

Transporting loads

Leaving a load

Leaving a load

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Slow down and position truck carefully where load is to be left.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Lower the forks to the fully down position so that they clear the load.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

Drive carefully away from the load. Start slowly and then increase the speed.

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

Return

53

CAUTION Lost stability. Lifting a loaded pallet when truck is still moving can result in load falling off the pallet. Never lift a load if truck is moving.

53


Battery

Battery

Battery

Battery

Type of battery

Type of battery

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Check that the battery used in this truck is the correct voltage as shown on the truck’s data plate. Use a traction battery having a weight within the minimum/maximum values stated on the data plate.

Changing the battery

Changing the battery

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

Only replace the battery with a battery of the same weight as the original. The battery weight affects the truck’s stability and its braking capacity. Information on the lowest permitted battery weight can be found on the truck’s data plate. WARNING Risk of moving the center of gravity. A battery weight that is too low gives impaired stability and braking capacity. The battery weight must be in accordance with the information on the truck’s data plate.

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

When changing the battery proceed as follows:

Park truck at battery removal station.

Park truck at battery removal station.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Turn OFF key and remove.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the OFF position to stop hourmeter from running.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Disconnect the battery connector from the battery.

Remove battery stops.

Remove battery stops.

Return

54

54


Battery

Battery

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Slide out the discharged/old battery, then slide in the new battery.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect battery and truck connectors.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

Connect the battery connector and truck connector.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

WARNING Risk of short-circuiting. The cables can be damaged and cause a short-circuit. Ensure the battery cables are not crushed.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Push the emergency disconnect button to the ON position.

Install battery stops.

Install battery stops.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. If the truck should tip over the battery can fall out if the battery stops have not been installed. Make sure the battery stops have been installed.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

WARNING Falling battery. When charging the battery, it can be dropped. Always lift battery using an approved lifting device, and use a battery yoke intended for the battery.

Return

55

55


Battery

Battery

Charging the battery

Charging the battery

General prohibition

General prohibition

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

When recharging the battery it is absolutely forbidden to smoke or use an open flame.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

Use an automatic charger intended for recharging traction batteries.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger must have an automatic maintenance charging feature for a certain period after the main charging period has been completed. This eliminates the risk of over charging the battery and the need to monitor the charging procedure is reduced to a minimum.

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

The charger shall have a minimum charging current of:

Return

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

Battery (Ah)

Charger (A)

300-480

50-70

300-480

50-70

480-730

80-110

480-730

80-110

730-900

130-150

730-900

130-150

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

56

56


Battery

Battery

Pre-charging

Pre-charging

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Park the truck in the assigned charging area.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Ensure nothing prevents ventilation above the battery.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Turn key switch to the OFF position.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Remove the battery connector from the truck’s connector.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Make sure the battery charger is switched OFF.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Connect the battery connector to charger connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Never connect charger connector to truck connector.

Switch ON the battery charger.

Switch ON the battery charger.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

WARNING During the charging process oxygen and hydrogen gases are always formed in the battery. Short circuits, open flames, and sparks in the vicinity of the battery can cause an EXPLOSION. Always switch OFF the charger current BEFORE removing the battery connector. Provide good ventilation, especially if the battery is recharged in a confined area.

During charging

During charging

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON.

Return

57

After approximately ten minutes make sure that the ammeter indicates a normal reading and that the control lamp is ON. 57


Battery

Battery

After charging

After charging

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Make sure that the ammeter indicates an insignificant or no reading and that maintenance charge lamp is ON, if equipped.

Switch OFF the charger.

Switch OFF the charger.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

Disconnect the battery connector from charger connector.

CAUTION

Return

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58

CAUTION

Risk of short circuiting. The terminals can otherwise be damaged inside and result in a subsequent short circuit. Do not pull the cables to disconnect from the charger.

58


Battery

Battery

Battery maintenance

Battery maintenance

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

Carry out battery maintenance after recharging.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

WARNING Corrosive acid. The battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Fluid spilled on skin should be rinsed OFF immediately. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. If the fluid has come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately using an eye shower. Contact a doctor.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN CHECKING THE BATTERY.

Each week:

Each week:

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Remove all cell caps. NOTE! This does not apply to batteries with level caps or central filling.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Check the fluid level in the cells and note any cells that consume more than a normal amount of fluid.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Fill using distilled water. The fluid level should be 1/4 in. (10-15 mm) above the cell plates.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Refit all of the cell caps.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Rinse off and dry the battery.

Return

59

59


Battery

Battery

Each month:

Each month:

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the temperature in one of the center cells immediately after charging. The temperature should not exceed 122°F [50°C.]

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Measure the density of the battery fluid using an acid tester. Hold the acid tester absolutely vertical and extract sufficient fluid so that the hydrometer float moves freely.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Adjust specific gravity with temperatures based on the chart below.

Temperature

Gravity

Temperature

Gravity

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

77°F [25.2°C]

1.280

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

Return

60

WARNING Battery manufactories maintenance and charging procedures must be followed. Battery acid is very corrosive and must be immediately cleaned up after spillage.

60


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

The operator is responsible for the daily service and care of the truck.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

Carry out the daily service at the start of the day or shift, before the truck is used. The daily service is a simple safety and function control as shown in the chart.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

You need no tools to carry out the service checks.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

If you fail to carry out the daily service the safety and reliability of the truck can be affected.

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

Return

61

WARNING Never neglect the daily service and safety checks. Serious accidents can occur. Always report any faults or damage to your supervisor without delay. Never use a truck that does not function properly.

61


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

13

12

13

12 3 4

11

10

16

3 4

14

16

14

9

9 2

15

8

RMX

2

15

8

RMX

6

6

7

7

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 1

HMX

5 8

11 17 13 2

9 8

6

1

HMX

8

6

7

Return

11

10

8

7 5

8

5

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

WARNING DO NOT continue to operate the truck when it is not functioning properly.

62

62


Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

1

Hydraulic system

2

Daily service/safety checks Item #

Check points

Action

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

1

Hydraulic system

Check for oil leakage, hoses, and floor

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

2

Lifting device

Check for damage, noise function

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

3

Battery

Check acid level, charge, and condition. See “Battery Maintenance” section

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

4

Battery cables and connections

Check for breakage, cutting, or damage

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt an debris

5

Chassis

Check for damage, remove dirt and debris

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

6

Covers / guards

Check for damage, ensure placement

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

7

Drive unit

Inspect abnormal noises and leakage

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

8

Wheels

Check for damage, remove oil, metal chips, and debris

9

Hand brake

Check its functio

9

Hand brake

Check its function

10

Direction / speed control

Check its functio

10

Direction / speed control

Check its function

11

Hydraulic function

Check its functio

11

Hydraulic function

Check its function

12

Reverser switch

Check its functio

12

Reverser switch

Check its function

13

Horn

Check its functio

13

Horn

Check its function

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

14

Running time

Inform your supervisor if your truck is ready for a schedule maintenance check. See “Maintenance” section

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its functio

15

Emergency stop switch

Check its function

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its functio

16

Key switch (toggle switch)

Check its function

17

High speed switch

Check its functio

17

High speed switch

Check its function

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

If any of the functions fail to operate properly inform your supervisor or maintenance personnel to have the truck repaired.

63

63

Return


Daily service/safety checks

Daily service/safety checks

Special equipment

Special equipment

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe BT operation consult with your supervisor and your representative about routine checks.

Your truck may have been fitted with optional or special equipment that requires a routine check. To ensure safe BT operation consult with your supervisor and your representative about routine checks.

64

64

Return


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance

General information

General information

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Under normal conditions ensure the truck is given a regular maintenance service after every 500 driving hours. The truck’s safety, efficiency, and service life is dependent on the service and maintenance it is given.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

Only use BT approved spare parts when service and repair work are carried out.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

BT recommends that you contact your BT representative to set up a service and maintenance agreement to ensure your truck’s operating economy and safety.

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Safety regulations with maintenance work

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Only personnel that have been trained in the service and repair of this type of truck are authorized to carry out service and repair work.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Do not carry out any maintenance work on the truck unless you have the correct training and knowledge to do so.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Keep the area where you carry out service clean. Oil or water makes the floor slippery.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Never wear loose objects or jewelry when working on the truck.

Return

65

65


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

WARNING Short-circuiting/burns. When working with the truck’s electrical system short circuiting/burns can occur if a metal object comes into contact with live electrical connections. Remove watches, rings, or other types of metal jewelry.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always switch OFF the truck’s power supply before opening the covers on the drive unit or electrical systems.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Always disconnect the battery by pulling out the battery connector when carrying out maintenance work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this publication or the Service Manual.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s hydraulic systems.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Use paper or a rigid sheet of cardboard when checking for oil leakage. Never use your hand.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

Bear in mind that the oil in the transmission or the hydraulic system can be hot.

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Return

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66

WARNING Risk of burns. Hot transmission and hydraulic oil. Let the truck cool before changing the oil.

Only fill the hydraulic system with new clean oil. Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or more information. 66


Maintenance

Maintenance

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

WARNING The hydraulic system can be damaged. If oil is contaminated hydraulic components can be damaged. Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Store and dispose of changed oil in accordance with local regulations.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

Do not dump solvents, which are used for cleaning/ washing, into drains that are not intended for this purpose. Follow the local regulations that apply for disposal.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

When working underneath the truck support the truck on trestle-blocks.

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

Return

67

WARNING Risk of crushing. A badly supported truck can fall. Never work under a truck that is not supported on trestle-blocks and secured by a lifting device.

67


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

Maintenance work that can be carried out by you

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

The Daily service/Safety checks as set out in the check list.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Maintenance points with intervals 1 day, 1 week, and 1 month as set out in the Maintenance chart may be carried out by the driver without more knowledge than that provided by the Operator’s Manual.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Other maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart may only be carried out by personnel who have completed maintenance training for this type of truck.

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

Maintenance work that may be carried out by trained maintenance personnel

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

All maintenance points as set out in the Maintenance chart.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

If you are uncertain regarding working procedures consult the Service Manual for the truck.

Other service and repair work

Other service and repair work

Return

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68

In addition to the maintenance points in the Maintenance chart all service and repair work should be carried out by personnel with special training for this type of truck.

68


Maintenance

Maintenance

Cleaning and washing

Cleaning and washing

General

General

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Cleaning and washing the truck is important to ensure the truck will operate safely and reliably.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

Carry out general cleaning and washing weekly.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

NOTE! Risk of short circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector. Do not spray water directly into the electrical compartments of the truck.

External cleaning

External cleaning

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Remove debris, etc. from the wheels daily.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Use a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

NOTE! Mechanical components can be damaged. After washing, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the chapter Maintenance and Lubrication chart.

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cleaning the motor compartment

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing.

Return

69

Cover the electric motors, electrical compartments, connectors, and valves before washing. 69


Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

Maintenance •

Clean carefully using the minimum of water and detergent. Never pressure wash or steam clean in the compartments.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. The electrical system can be damaged. Electrical components must not be cleaned with a high pressure washing unit.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Clean the motor compartment using a degreasing agent diluted to a suitable concentration.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Rinse off loose grime using warm water.

Electrical components

Electrical components

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Blow electric motors dry using compressed air. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning MUST be reduced to less than 30 psi, and then only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Clean the electrical panels, electronic boards, contacts, connector, solenoid valves, etc. using a damp cloth and a cleaning agent.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

Do not spray or pressure wash in the compartment.

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

Return

70

NOTE! Risk of short-circuiting. Electrical components can be damaged. Do not break the warranty seal on the electronic board.

70


Maintenance

Maintenance

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

PM Interval:

PM Interval:

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

A=5 Hours or 1 Day

E=500 Hours or 6 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

B=20 Hours or 1 Week

F=1000 Hours or 12 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

C=80 Hours or 1 Month

G=3000 Hours or 36 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

D=250 Hours or 3 Months

No.

Action

No.

Action

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.0

Chassis

1.1

Check that the truck’s data plate is legible

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.2

Check the cover screws

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.3

Check door lock

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.4

Check wear on battery stop

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.5

Check for damage and crack formation

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

1.6

Check fork frame mounting

X

2.0

Motors

2.0

Motors

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.1

Check for loose connections

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.2

Clean motor

X

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.3

Check mounting bolts

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.4

Check for abnormal bearing noise

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

2.5

Check brush wear

X

3.0

Drive unit

3.0

Drive unit

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.1

Check for leakage

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.2

Check oil level

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.3

Check for noises

X

3.4

Check the mounting on support

3.4

Check the mounting on support

4.0

Wheels

4.0

Wheels

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.1

Remove string & debris

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.2

Check all wheels for wear

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.3

Check that all wheels rotate and axles are fitted correctly

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

4.4

Check all wheels for loose screws

X

Return

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

X

71

X

F

G


Maintenance No.

Action

A

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

5.0

Brake

5.1

Clean

5.2

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

G

No.

Action

X

4.5

Grease load wheel bearings

X

X

4.6

Grease caster and caster wheels

X

4.7

Dismantle and lubricate all wheel bearings.

5.0

Brake

X

5.1

Clean

X

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.2

Check shoes and discs for wear

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.3

Check correct clearance brake

X

5.4

Check brake operation

5.4

Check brake operation

6.0

Electrical panel

6.0

Electrical panel

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.1

Clean and check the mounting

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.2

Tighten cable connections

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.3

Check contactor tips

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.4

Check the contactor tips for free movements

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

6.5

Check all cable insulation for damage

X

7.0

Electronic card

7.0

Electronic card

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

7.1

Check for connections in harness connectors

8.0

Electronic control system

8.0

Electronic control syste

8.1

Check key switch

8.1

Check key switch

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.2

Check brake switch

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

8.3

Check control wiring harness for proper routing

X

9.0

Battery

X

X

X

X

A

B

C

X

X

X

9.0

Battery

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

X

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.1

Check electrolyte level, 0.5-0.65 in. (10-15 mm above cell plate)

9.2

Check the connections on battery, truck, and charger

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.3

Check all cells and pole guards

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.4

Check the fluid density and temperature

X

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

9.5

Check power cables are not cut or frayed

Return

72

E

72

F

G

X

X

X

D

X


Maintenance No.

Action

No.

Action

10.0

Hydraulic system

10.0

Hydraulic system

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

X

10.1

Check hoses and connections for leakage

X

10.2

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.2

Check hoses for wear and damage

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.3

Check oil tank for cracks, leaks, and mounting

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.4

Check oil level

X

10.5

Change oil

10.5

Change oil

11.0

Cylinder

11.0

Cylinder

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.1

Check for leakage

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

11.2

Check the mountings

X

12.0

Lift devices

12.0

Lift devices

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.1

Check for damage and cracks

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.2

Check for play on the pull rods

X

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.3

Check the electrical limit switch function

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.4

Check for wear to the forks and other lifting devices

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

12.5

Lube all grease fittings

13.0

Controls

13.0

Controls

13.1

Check handle mounting

X

13.1

Check handle mounting

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.2

Check the handle brake lever switches

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.3

Check travel direction/speed control

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.4

Check horn button function

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.5

Check hydraulic button functions

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

13.6

Check the handle control switches

X

14.0

Gauge

14.0

Gauge

14.1

Check dash display

14.1

Check dash display

15.0

Brake Levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.1

A

Maintenance C

D

E

F

X

X X X

X

X

X

Check switch function

Return

B

73

G

15.0

Brake Levers

15.2

Check handle brake levers

16.0

Key switch (toggle switch)

16.1

Check switch function

A

B

C

D

E

F

X

X X X

X

X

X

73

G


Maintenance No.

Action

A

17.0

Emergency stop switch

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

Maintenance B

C

D

E

F

G

X

No.

Action

A

17.0

Emergency stop switch

17.1

Check the emergency stop switch

B

C

D

E

F

X

9

9

13

13

14

16

14

16 11

15

12

4

8 6 7

17

5

4

2 RMX

3 4 15

13 11

5

6 7

12

2

1 4

2

15

4 8

RMX

3

1

10

13 11

4 8

10 5

6 7

12

2 HMX 3

Return

12

5

2

2

11

15

8 6 7

17

4

G

1

HMX 3

4

1

Maintenance chart

Maintenance chart

74

74


Maintenance

Maintenance

Lubrication chart

Lubrication chart Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Service point

1

Wheel bearings

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

4

Drive gear

C

5

Hinges

6

Steering bearings

7

Gear ring

500h

L=Lubrication

Return

Service point

A

1

Wheel bearings

B

2

Hydraulic system

C

3

Travel brake

C

C

4

Drive gear

C

L

D

5

Hinges

L

D

L

A

6

Steering bearings

L

A

A

7

Gear ring

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

Interval/Running hours

Pos No.

Lubricant

O

O

O=Oil change

Lubricant 500h

L=Lubrication

1000h

3000h L

L

C=Check

75

O

A B

O

C

A

O=Oil change


Maintenance

Maintenance

Approved Oils and Grease

Approved Oils and Grease

Specification Pos.

Lubricant

A

Grease

B

Hydraulic oil

Sunoco TH

Sunoco TH

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

D

Above 5°F [-15°C]

Application

Lubricant

Bearings and bushings

A

Grease

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

B

Hydraulic oil

SAE 75W

SAE 75W

Gears

C

Transmission SAE 80W/90 oil

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

D

Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

SAE 40

Specification Pos.

Below 5°F [-15°C]

area

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

Below 5°F [-15°C]

Application Below -10°F [-23°C]

Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & Tex. Ref. C & C #880 C #880 C #880

Motor oil

Sunoco TH

SAE 40

area Bearings and bushings

Sunoco TH

Texaco 15

Hydraulic system

SAE 75

SAE 75

Gears

SAE5W-20

SAE5W-20

Hinges

Oil should meet BT cleanliness specification 12-00-002. Contact your BT representative for assistance or for more information.

B

A

RMX

A

RMX

C

C

D

B

D

A

B

HMX C

A

HMX C

D

Return

Above 5°F [-15°C]

D

Lubrication chart location points

Lubrication chart location points

76

76


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

The truck’s dimensions and weight as standard

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

NOTE! The truck’s dimensions and weight can vary with different accessories.

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

RMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Width

34.1 in. [867 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this length is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1350 lb [612.9 kg]

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

HMX truck’s dimensions and weight

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Height

60 in. [1524 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Width

37.4 in [950 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Length (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

88.1 in. [2238 mm]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

Minimum battery weight

400 lb [181.6 kg]

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

1450 lb [658.3 kg]

Service weight without battery (this weight is with 48 in. [1219.2 mm] forks)

Return

77

77


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Lifting the truck

Lifting the truck

Return

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

Lift the truck from the marked lifting points when lifting using a lifting device.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted from the wrong lifting points. Always lift the truck from the marked lifting points.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

WARNING Risk of overturning. The truck can overturn if lifted incorrectly. Always lift the truck secured to, and with the center of gravity between, the lifting truck’s forks.

78

78


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

Towing and transporting a disabled truck

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

WARNING DO NOT tow a disabled truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

It is not recommended to tow a disabled lift truck.

Return

79

79


Transporting and storing the truck

Transporting and storing the truck

Storing the truck

Storing the truck

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Take the following action if the truck is not used for one week or more:

Battery

Battery

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Recharge the battery fully and carry out usual battery maintenance.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Maintenance charge the battery every 3rd month and check the fluid level.

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Change the oil in the hydraulic system when stored for periods longer then 1 year. See the oil specification in the section Maintenance and lubrication chart.

Drive unit

Drive unit

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Block up the truck’s drive section to take the load off the drive wheel and load wheels when storing for periods longer than one week.

Starting after a period of disuse

Starting after a period of disuse

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

Before the truck is put into operation after a period of disuse it should undergo a function and safety check as stated in the section Daily service/safety checks.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

When stored for a period greater then 3 months carry out preventive maintenance as stated in the instructions 500 hours interval.

Return

80

80


Recyling/Discarding

Recyling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Recycling/Discarding

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Batteries are hazardous to the environment and should be returned to the manufacturer for recycling.

Discarding the battery

Discarding the battery

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

When the working life of the battery in the truck is at an end (change to a new battery), or if the entire truck is to be scrapped, special regard to environmental risks shall be taken when disposing/recycling batteries.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Spent batteries shall be returned/sent to the manufacturer of the battery or its representatives (see the label on the battery) for disposal/recycling. You can also return batteries to your local BT representative who will then return the battery to the manufacturer.

Scrapping the truck

Scrapping the truck

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

The truck consists of parts that contain recyclable metals and plastics. Below is a list of those materials used in the truck’s sub-systems.

Chassis

Chassis

Chassis

Steel

Chassis

Steel

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Drive unit

Steel and cast material

Bushings

Iron/copper

Bushings

Iron/copper

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Finish

Epoxy-polyester

Wheels

Polyurethane

Wheels

Polyurethane

Return

81

81


Recyling/Discarding

Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system

Oil tank

Steel

Oil tank

Stee

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Pump unit

Steel and aluminium

Hoses

Rubber and stee

Hoses

Rubber and steel

Cylinders

Steel

Cylinders

Stee

Electrical system

Return

Recyling/Discarding

Electrical system

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Cables

Copper cores with PVC sheaths

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Electronic board

Reinforced fiberglass circuit board laminate

Motors

Steel and copper

Motors

Steel and copper

82

82


BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600

Return

BT Prime-Mover, Inc., 3305 N. Highway 38 Muscatine, Iowa 52761-8800 U.S.A Tel (319) 262-7700 • Fax (319) 262-7600


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.